[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2014177060A1 - Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof - Google Patents

Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014177060A1
WO2014177060A1 PCT/CN2014/076654 CN2014076654W WO2014177060A1 WO 2014177060 A1 WO2014177060 A1 WO 2014177060A1 CN 2014076654 W CN2014076654 W CN 2014076654W WO 2014177060 A1 WO2014177060 A1 WO 2014177060A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
halo
group
azabicyclo
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/076654
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Kevin X. Chen
Liting Dong
Anthony Estrada
Paul Gibbons
Malcolm Huestis
Terry Kellar
Wen Liu
Joseph P. Lyssikatos
Changyou MA
Alan Olivero
Snahel PATEL
Daniel Shore
Michael Siu
Original Assignee
F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag
Genentech, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to MA42164A priority Critical patent/MA42164B1/en
Priority to BR112015027055-7A priority patent/BR112015027055B1/en
Priority to CR20200177A priority patent/CR20200177A/en
Priority to MA48577A priority patent/MA48577A1/en
Priority to PE2019002479A priority patent/PE20200447A1/en
Priority to MX2015015130A priority patent/MX2015015130A/en
Priority to CN201480024257.9A priority patent/CN105431420B/en
Priority to UAA201511803A priority patent/UA121016C2/en
Priority to MA38624A priority patent/MA38624A1/en
Priority to PH1/2019/502378A priority patent/PH12019502378A1/en
Priority to KR1020187006149A priority patent/KR102002265B1/en
Priority to NZ712934A priority patent/NZ712934B2/en
Priority to IL296526A priority patent/IL296526B2/en
Priority to EP14791795.9A priority patent/EP2991978A4/en
Priority to KR1020157034239A priority patent/KR101836431B1/en
Application filed by F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag, Genentech, Inc. filed Critical F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag
Priority to MYPI2015002684A priority patent/MY182082A/en
Priority to CA2911051A priority patent/CA2911051C/en
Priority to SG11201509027WA priority patent/SG11201509027WA/en
Priority to EA201592060A priority patent/EA029568B8/en
Priority to JP2016510926A priority patent/JP6229042B2/en
Priority to AU2014261894A priority patent/AU2014261894C1/en
Priority to PH1/2015/502410A priority patent/PH12015502410B1/en
Publication of WO2014177060A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014177060A1/en
Priority to IL242164A priority patent/IL242164B/en
Priority to CR20150589A priority patent/CR20150589A/en
Priority to US14/927,267 priority patent/US10010549B2/en
Priority to HK16107343.1A priority patent/HK1219276A1/en
Priority to US15/868,301 priority patent/US20180133219A1/en
Priority to AU2019200249A priority patent/AU2019200249B2/en
Priority to US16/666,273 priority patent/US11129832B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/444—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring heteroatom, e.g. amrinone
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4545—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pipamperone, anabasine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5377—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/5386—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine spiro-condensed or forming part of bridged ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • A61K31/553—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole having at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as ring hetero atoms, e.g. loxapine, staurosporine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12—Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells
    • A61K35/30—Nerves; Brain; Eyes; Corneal cells; Cerebrospinal fluid; Neuronal stem cells; Neuronal precursor cells; Glial cells; Oligodendrocytes; Schwann cells; Astroglia; Astrocytes; Choroid plexus; Spinal cord tissue
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/02—Muscle relaxants, e.g. for tetanus or cramps
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00—General protective or antinoxious agents
    • A61P39/02—Antidotes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D451/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • C07D451/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane ring systems, e.g. granatane, 2-aza-adamantane; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D471/18—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D487/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D487/18—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2300/00—Mixtures or combinations of active ingredients, wherein at least one active ingredient is fully defined in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to organic compounds useful for therapy and or prophylaxis in a mammal, and in particular to inhibitors of DLK useful for treating neurodegeneration diseases and disorders.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Neuron or axon degeneration plays a central role in the proper development of the nervous system and is a hall mark of many neurodegenerative diseases including for example, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), glaucoma, Alzheimer's disease, and Parkinson's disease, as well a traumatic injury to the brain and spinal cord.
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • glaucoma Alzheimer's disease
  • Parkinson's disease a traumatic injury to the brain and spinal cord.
  • Recent patent publication WO2011/050192 incorporated herein by reference, describes the role of the Dual Leucine Zipper Kinase (DLK), also referred to as MAP3K12, to cause neuronal cell death.
  • DLK Dual Leucine Zipper Kinase
  • Neurodegenerative diseases and injuries are devastating to patients and caregivers, and also result in great financial burdens, with annual costs currently exceeding several hundred billion dollars in the United States alone. Most current treatments for these diseases and conditions are inadequate. Adding to the urgency of the problems created by these diseases is the fact that many such diseases are age related, and thus their incidence is increasing rapidly as population demographics change. There is a great need for the development of effective approaches to treating neurodegenerative diseases and nervous system injuries, including for example, through the inhibition of DLK in neurons.
  • the present invention provides for compounds of Formula I-I:
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
  • X 2 is N or CH
  • A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 dialkylamino, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 -5 R A substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 haloalkyl, C 1-8 heteroalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L A ) 0 -i-C 6 aryl, -(L A ) 0 -i-NR Rla R Rlb
  • R Rla and R Rlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl;
  • R Rlc is selected from the
  • Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with R Cy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered
  • heterocycloalkyl -(L Cy )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L Cy )o-i -phenyl,
  • L Cy is selected from the group consisting of CM alkylene, Ci_ 4 heteroalkylene, CM alkoxylene, Ci_ 4 aminoalkylene, Ci_ 4 thioalkylene, C 2 _ 4 alkenylene, and C 2 _ 4 alkynylene; wherein R RCa and R RCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; R RCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 member
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
  • X 2 is N or CH;
  • A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 dialkylamino,
  • A is optionally substituted with 1 -5 R A substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -NO2, -SF 5 , Ci_8 alkyl, Ci_ 8 haloalkyl, Ci_ 8 heteroalkyl, -(L A ) 0 -i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L A )o_ 1 -C 6 aryl, -(L )o_i-NR R , -(L )o_i-OR , -(L )o_i-SR ,
  • L A is selected from the group consisting of C alkylene, C1-4 heteroalkylene, C alkoxylene, CM aminoalkylene, Ci_ 4 thioalkylene, C2-4 alkenylene, and C2-4 alkynylene; wherein R Rla and R Rlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; R Rlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered
  • Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with R Cy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , Ci_ 8 alkyl, Ci_ 8 haloalkyl, Ci_ 8 heteroalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L Cy ) 0 -i -phenyl, -(L Cy ) 0 -i-NR RCa R RCb , -(L Cy ) 0 -i-OR
  • L Cy is selected from the group consisting of CM alkylene, C heteroalkylene, CM alkoxylene, d-4 aminoalkylene, d_4 thioalkylene, -4 alkenylene, and d-4 alkynylene; wherein R RCa and R RCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_ 8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; R RCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 8 alkyl, Ci_ 8
  • either A or Cy is a polycyclic carbocycle or polycyclic heterocycle.
  • either A or Cy is a bridged bicyclic carbocycle or bridged bicyclic heterocycle. In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, either A or Cy is a C-linked carbocycle or C-linked heterocycle.
  • X 1 is N.
  • X 1 is C-R 4 .
  • X 2 is N.
  • X 2 is C(H).
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of-F, -CI, -CN,
  • -(L )o-i- _8 cycloalkyl, -(L )o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L )o-i-Ci_6 alkyl, -(L ⁇ o ⁇ -C ⁇ haloalkyl, -(L ⁇ o ⁇ -Ci-eheteroalkyl, -(L 2 )o_i-6-10membered aryl and -(L 2 ) 0 _i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of-F, -CI, C 3 -8 cycloalkyl, 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, -(0)-C3 -8 cycloalkyl, -(0)-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(0)-Ci_6 alkyl and -(0)-Ci_6 haloalkyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, monofluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentoxy, methyl, monofluoromethyl difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of (L )o-i-phenyl, -(L 2 )o-i-pyridyl, -(L 2 ) 0 -i-pyrimidinyl, -(L 2 ) 0 -i-pyr azm y -(L 2 ) 0 -i-pyridazinyl, -(L 2 )o-i-pyrrolyl, -(L 2 )o-i-pyrazolyl, -(L 2 )o-i-imidazolyl, -(L 2 )o-i-thienyl, -(L 2 )o-i-thiazolyl and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of -(L 2 )o-i-phenyl and -(L )o-i-pyridinyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • R 4 is -OC(H)(CH 3 )-phenyl wherein said phenyl ring is optionally substituted.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, CN, hydrogen, CM alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each hydrogen.
  • a and Cy are independently selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane,
  • A is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3,6-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,7-diazaspiro[3.5]nonane,
  • A is selected from the group consisting of
  • A is selected from the group consisting of
  • Cy is selected from the group consisting of
  • Cy is selected from the group consisting of azetidine, (l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (l S,5R)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
  • Cy is a 3-12 membered carbocycle or a C-linked 3-12 membered heterocycle and X 2 is C(H).
  • A is Ci_6 alkyl or Ci_6 dialkylamino, and is optionally substituted.
  • A is methyl or ethyl.
  • Cy is Ci_6 alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • A is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 R A substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, Ci-s hetero alkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L A )o-i-C6 aryl, wherein L A is selected from the group consisting of-C(O)-, -C(0)CH 2 -,-OCH 2 -, -CH 2 0-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH
  • Cy is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 R Cy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, Ci-s hetero alkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L Cy )o-i-C6 aryl, wherein L Cy is selected from the group consisting of-C(O)-, -C(0)CH 2 -,-OCH 2 -, -CH 2 0-, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH
  • A is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R A substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, CN, CH 3 0-, CH 3 , cyclopropylmethyl, CF 3 and butyl.
  • said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
  • said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
  • said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
  • R y if present replaces a hydrogen atom attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom of the Cy ring.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, CN, hydrogen, C alkyl and Ci_ 4 haloalkyl;
  • X 1 is C-R 4 ;
  • X 2 is N or CH;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -CN, -(L 2 ) 0 _i-C3_8 cycloalkyl,
  • a and Cy are independently selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane,
  • R A substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , Ci_ 8 alkyl, Ci_ 8 haloalkyl, Ci_ 8 heteroalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L A )o-i-C6 aryl, wherein L A is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -C(0)CH 2 -,-OCH 2 -, -CH 2 0-, -
  • the compound is selected from the group as set forth in Table 1.
  • the present invention provides for compositions comprising a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I as defined above, or any embodiment thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the present invention provides for a method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system (CNS) neuron or a portion thereof, the method comprising administering to the CNS neuron a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I.
  • said administering to the CNS neuron is performed in vitro.
  • the method further comprises grafting or implanting the CNS neuron into a human patient after administration of the agent.
  • said CNS neuron is present in a human patient.
  • said administering to the CNS neuron comprises administration of said compound of Formula I-I or Formula I in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • said administering to the CNS neuron is carried out by an administration route selected from the group consisting of parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intralesional, intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial interstitial infusion and implanted delivery device.
  • said method further comprises administering one or more additional pharmaceutical agents.
  • said administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I results in a decrease in JNK phosphorylation, JNK activity and/or JNK expression.
  • the administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I results in a decrease of cJun phosphorylation, cJun activity, and/or cJun expression.
  • the administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I results in a decrease in p38 phosphorylation, p38 activity, and/or p38 expression.
  • the administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I inhibits DLK activity.
  • DLK is inhibited by or at least by or at most by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99% or more, or 100%.
  • the present invention provides for a method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system (CNS) neuron in a patient having or at risk of developing a neurodegenerative disease or condition comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • CNS central nervous system
  • the present invention provides for a method for decreasing or preventing one or more symptoms of a neurodegenerative disease or condition in a patient suffering therefrom comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides for a method for decreasing the progression of a neurodegenerative disease or condition in a patient suffering therefrom comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • said neurodegenerative disease of condition is selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease,
  • Parkinson' s-plus diseases amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), ischemia, stroke, intracranial hemorrhage, cerebral hemorrhage, trigeminal neuralgia, glossopharyngeal neuralgia, Bell's Palsy, myasthenia gravis, muscular dystrophy, progressive muscular atrophy, primary lateral sclerosis (PLS), pseudobulbar palsy, progressive bulbar palsy, spinal muscular atrophy, inherited muscular atrophy, invertebrate disk syndromes, cervical spondylosis, plexus disorders, thoracic outlet destruction syndromes, peripheral neuropathies, prophyria, multiple system atrophy, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, dementia with Lewy bodies, frontotemporal dementia, demyelinating diseases,
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • ischemia stroke
  • intracranial hemorrhage cerebral hemorrhage
  • trigeminal neuralgia gloss
  • Guillain-Barre syndrome multiple sclerosis, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, prion disease, Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS), fatal familial insomnia (FFI), bovine spongiform encephalopathy, Pick's disease, epilepsy, AIDS demential complex, nerve damage caused by exposure to toxic compounds selected from the group consisting of heavy metals, industrial solvents, drugs and chemotherapeutic agents; injury to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical or chemical trauma, glaucoma, lattice dystrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), photoreceptor degeneration associated with wet or dry AMD, other retinal degeneration, optic nerve drusen, optic neuropthy and optic neuritis.
  • toxic compounds selected from the group consisting of heavy metals, industrial solvents, drugs and chemotherapeutic agents
  • AMD age-related macular degeneration
  • AMD age-related ma
  • said neurodegenerative disease of condition in a patient is selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS),
  • said the compound of Formula I-I or Formula I is administered in combination with one or more additional pharmaceutical agents.
  • alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., Ci_s means one to eight carbons).
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like.
  • alkenyl refers to an unsaturated alkyl radical having one or more double bonds.
  • alkynyl refers to an unsaturated alkyl radical having one or more triple bonds. Examples of such unsaturated alkyl groups include linear and branched groups including vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl,
  • cycloalkyl refers to hydrocarbon ring system having specified overall number of ring atoms (e.g., 3 to 12 ring atoms in a 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl or C 3- i 2 cycloalkyl) and being fully saturated or having no more than one double bond between ring vertices for a 3-5 membered cycloalkyl and being saturated or having no more than two double bonds between ring vertices for 6 or larger membered cycloalkyl.
  • the monocyclic or polycyclic ring may be optionally substituted with one or more oxo groups.
  • cycloalkyl “carbocyclic,” or “carbocycle” is also meant to refer to polycyclic (including fused and bridged bicyclic, fused and bridged polyclic and spirocyclic) hydrocarbon ring system such as, for example, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, pinane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, adamantane, norborene, spirocyclic C5_i2 alkane, etc.
  • heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms can optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom can optionally be quatemized.
  • the heteroatom(s) O, N and S can be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group.
  • heteroatom Si can be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule.
  • a “heteroalkyl” can contain up to three units of unsaturation, and also include mono- and poly-halogenated variants, or combinations thereof.
  • heterocycloalkyl refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated ring system radical having from the indicated number of overall number of stated ring atoms and containing from one to five heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized, as ring atoms (e.g., a 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl that would have 3 to 12 ring atoms and include at least one heteroatom, which also could be referred to as a C 2 _ii heterocycloalkyl).
  • a “heterocycloalkyl,” “heterocyclic,” or “heterocycle” ring system can be a monocyclic or a fused, bridged, or spirocyclic polycyclic (including a fused bicyclic, bridged bicyclic or spirocyclic) ring system.
  • the monocyclic or polycyclic ring may be optionally substituted with one or more oxo groups.
  • heterocycloalkyl can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through one or more ring carbons or heteroatoms.
  • Non limiting examples of “heterocycloalkyl,” “heterocyclic,” or “heterocycle” rings include pyrrolidine, piperidine, N-methylpiperidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, butyrolactam, valerolactam,
  • heterocycloalkyl (l s,4s)-2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, (lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane and the like.
  • a “heterocycloalkyl,” “heterocyclic,” or “heterocycle” can include mono- and poly-halogenated variants thereof.
  • alkylene by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkane, as exemplified by -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, and can be branched.
  • an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the present invention.
  • alkenylene and alkynylene refer to the unsaturated forms of “alkylene” having double or triple bonds, respectively. "Alkylene”, “alkenylene” and “alkynylene” are also meant to include mono and poly-halogenated variants.
  • heteroalkylene by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical, saturated or unsaturated or polyunsaturated, derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified
  • heteroalkylene is also meant to include mono and poly-halogenated variants.
  • alkoxylene and “aminoalkylene” and “thioalkylene” by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical, saturated or unsaturated or polyunsaturated, derived from alkoxy, alkylamino and alkylthio, respectively, as exemplified by
  • alkoxylene and “aminoalkylene” and “thioalkylene” are meant to include mono and poly halogenated variants
  • alkoxy alkylamino and “alkylthio” are used in their conventional sense, and refer to those alkyl groups attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen atom (“oxy”), an amino group (“amino”) or thio group, and further include mono- and poly-halogenated variants thereof. Additionally, for dialkylamino groups, the alkyl portions can be the same or different.
  • halo or halogen
  • substituents mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom.
  • terms such as “haloalkyl,” are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl.
  • Ci_4 haloalkyl is mean to include trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, difluoromethyl, and the like.
  • (halo)alkyl as used herein inludes optionally halogenated alkyl.
  • (halo)alkyl includes both alkyl and haloalkyl (e.g., monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl).
  • aryl means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, typically aromatic, hydrocarbon ring, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (up to three rings) which are fused together.
  • heteroaryl refers to aryl ring(s) that contain from one to five heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom.
  • Non- limiting examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl and biphenyl, while non- limiting examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimindinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalaziniyl, benzotriazinyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, isobenzofuryl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzotriazinyl, thienopyridinyl, thienopyrimidinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazopyridines, benzothiaxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, indolyl,
  • alkyl radicals including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl and cycloalkyl
  • alkyl radicals can be a variety of groups including,but not limited to, -halogen,
  • R, R" and R' each independently refer groups including, for example, hydrogen, unsubstituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens, unsubstituted Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy or Ci-6 thioalkoxy groups, or unsubstituted aryl-Ci_ 4 alkyl groups, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, among others.
  • R and R" When R and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring.
  • -NR'R is meant to include 1 -pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl.
  • a substituent for the alkyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl and cycloalkyl) contains an alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene linker
  • the alkylene linker includes halo variants as well.
  • the linker "-(CH 2 )i_ 4 -" when used as part of a substituent is meant to include difluoromethylene, 1,2-difluoroethylene, etc.
  • substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are generally selected from the group including, but not limited to,
  • R', R" and R' are independently selected from hydrogen, Ci-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C 2 -6 alkenyl, C 2 -6 alkynyl, unsubstituted aryl and heteroaryl, (unsubstituted aryl)-Ci_ 4 alkyl, and unsubstituted aryloxy-Ci- 4 alkyl.
  • substituents include each of the above aryl substituents attached to a ring atom by an alkylene tether of from 1-4 carbon atoms.
  • a substituent for the aryl or heteroaryl group contains an alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene linker (e.g., -(CH 2 )i ⁇ -NR'R" for alkylene)
  • the alkylene linker includes halo variants as well.
  • the linker "-(CH 2 )i_ 4 -" when used as part of a substituent is meant to include difluoromethylene, 1,2-difluoroethylene, etc.
  • heteroatom is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S) and silicon (Si).
  • C-linked means that the group that the term describes is attached the remainder of the molecule through a ring carbon atom.
  • N-linked means that the group that the term describes is attached to the remainder of the molecule through a ring nitrogen atom.
  • chiral refers to molecules which have the property of non-superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term “achiral” refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner.
  • stereoisomers refers to compounds which have identical chemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.
  • a wavy line " ⁇ > ⁇ " that intersects a bond in a chemical structure fragment indicates the point of attachment of the bond to which the wavy bond intersects in the chemical structure fragment to the remainder of a molecule or structural formula.
  • the representation of a group e.g., X d in parenthesis followed by a subscript integer range (e.g., (X d )o-2) means that the group can have the number of occurrences as designated by the integer range.
  • (X d )o-i means the group X d can be absent or can occur one time.
  • Diastereomer refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers can separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography.
  • Enantiomers refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which are
  • the compounds of the invention can contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention, including but not limited to, diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof such as racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light.
  • the prefixes D and L, or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s).
  • the prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory.
  • a compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory.
  • these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another.
  • a specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
  • racemic mixture A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which can occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process.
  • racemic mixture and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
  • tautomer or “tautomeric form” refers to structural isomers of different energies which are interconvertible via a low energy barrier.
  • proton tautomers also known as prototropic tautomers
  • Valence tautomers include interconversions by reorganization of some of the bonding electrons.
  • stereochemistry of any particular chiral atom is not specified, then all stereoisomers are contemplated and included as the compounds of the invention. Where stereochemistry is specified by a solid wedge or dashed line representing a particular configuration, then that stereoisomer is so specified and defined. Unless otherwise specified, if solid wedges or dashed lines are used, relative stereochemistry is intended.
  • solvate refers to an association or complex of one or more solvent molecules and a compound of the invention.
  • solvents that form solvates include, but are not limited to, water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, and ethanolamine.
  • hydrate refers to the complex where the solvent molecule is water.
  • protecting group refers to a substituent that is commonly employed to block or protect a particular functional group on a compound.
  • an “amino-protecting group” is a substituent attached to an amino group that blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound.
  • Suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ) and
  • hydroxy-protecting group refers to a substituent of a hydroxy group that blocks or protects the hydroxy functionality. Suitable protecting groups include acetyl and silyl.
  • a “carboxy-protecting group” refers to a substituent of the carboxy group that blocks or protects the carboxy functionality.
  • carboxy-protecting groups include phenylsulfonylethyl, cyanoethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(p-nitrophenylsulfenyl)ethyl, 2-(diphenylphosphino)-ethyl, nitroethyl and the like.
  • protecting groups and their use see P.G.M. Wuts and T.W. Greene, Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 4 th edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 2006.
  • the term "mammal” includes, but is not limited to, humans, mice, rats, guinea pigs, monkeys, dogs, cats, horses, cows, pigs, and sheep.
  • salts is meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases (e.g., those salts that are pharmaceutically acceptable), depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein.
  • base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • salts derived from pharmaceutically- acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like. Salts derived from
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, including substituted amines, cyclic amines, naturally-occurring amines and the like, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, ⁇ , ⁇ '-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine,
  • acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic,
  • the neutral forms of the compounds can be regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner.
  • the parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present invention.
  • the present invention provides compounds which are in a prodrug form.
  • prodrug refers to those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present invention.
  • prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present invention when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
  • Prodrugs of the invention include compounds wherein an amino acid residue, or a polypeptide chain of two or more (e.g., two, three or four) amino acid residues, is covalently joined through an amide or ester bond to a free amino, hydroxy or carboxylic acid group of a compound of the present invention.
  • the amino acid residues include but are not limited to the 20 naturally occurring amino acids commonly designated by three letter symbols and also includes phosphoserine, phosphothreonine, phosphotyrosine, 4-hydroxyproline, hydroxylysine, demosine, isodemosine, gamma-carboxyglutamate, hippuric acid, octahydroindole-2-carboxylic acid, statine, 1, 2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3 -carboxylic acid, penicillamine, ornithine, 3-methylhistidine, norvaline, beta-alanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, citrulline, homocysteine, homoserine, methyl- alanine, para-benzoylphenylalanine, phenylglycine, propargylglycine, sarcosine, methionine sulfone and tert-butylglycine.
  • prodrugs are also encompassed.
  • a free carboxyl group of a compound of the invention can be derivatized as an amide or alkyl ester.
  • compounds of this invention comprising free hydroxy groups can be derivatized as prodrugs by converting the hydroxy group into a group such as, but not limited to, a phosphate ester, hemisuccinate, dimethylaminoacetate, or
  • More specific examples include replacement ofthe hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as (Ci_6)alkanoyloxymethyl, l-((Ci_6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1 -methyl- l-((Ci_6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (Ci_6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl,
  • alpha-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(0)(OH)2, -P(0)(0(Ci_6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate).
  • prodrug derivatives see, for example, a) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985) and Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 42, p. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, et al. (Academic Press, 1985); b) A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Chapter 5 "Design and Application of Prodrugs," by H. Bundgaard p. 113-191 (1991); c) H. Bundgaard, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 8:1-38 (1992); d) H.
  • a "metabolite” refers to a product produced through metabolism in the body of a specified compound or salt thereof. Such products can result for example from the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, deamidation, esterification, deesterification, enzymatic cleavage, and the like, of the administered compound.
  • Metabolite products typically are identified by preparing a radiolabeled (e.g., 14 C or H) isotope of a compound of the invention, administering it parenterally in a detectable dose (e.g., greater than about 0.5 mg/kg) to an animal such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to man, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur (typically about 30 seconds to 30 hours) and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.
  • a detectable dose e.g., greater than about 0.5 mg/kg
  • metabolites In general, analysis of metabolites is done in the same way as conventional drug metabolism studies well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the metabolite products so long as they are not otherwise found in vivo, are useful in diagnostic assays for therapeutic dosing of the compounds of the invention.
  • Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
  • Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present invention and are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
  • Certain compounds of the present invention possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers, regioisomers and individual isomers (e.g., separate enantiomers) are all intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention can also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds.
  • the present invention also embraces isotopically-labeled variants of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, bur the for the fact that one or more atoms are replace by an atom having the atomic mass or mass number different from the predominant atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature for the atom. All isotopes of any particular atom or element as specified are contemplated within the scope of the compounds of the invention, and their uses.
  • Exemplary isotopes that can be incorporated in to compounds of the invention include istopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine and iodine, such as 2 H ("D"), 3 ⁇ 4, n C, 13 C, 14 C, 13 N, 15 N, 15 0, 17 0, 18 0, 32 P, 33 P, 35 S, 18 F, 36 C1, 123 I and 125 I.
  • Certain isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention e.g., those labeled with 3 H or 14 C
  • Tritiated ( 3 H) and carbon-14 ( 14 C) isotopes are usefule for their ease of preparation and detectability.
  • isotopes of the present inventions can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and or in the Examples herein below, by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of extent of disease or disorder, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease or disorder, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state or disorder, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable.
  • Treatment can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment.
  • Those in need of treatment include those already with the disease or disorder as well as those prone to have the disease or disorder or those in which the disease or disorder is to be prevented.
  • a therapeutically effective amount means an amount of a compound of the present invention that (i) treats or prevents the particular disease, condition, or disorder, (ii) attenuates, ameliorates, or eliminates one or more symptoms of the particular disease, condition, or disorder, or (iii) prevents or delays the onset of one or more symptoms of the particular disease, condition, or disorder described herein.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is an amount of a chemical entity described herein sufficient to significantly decrease or delay neuronal cell death.
  • administering refers to contacting a neuron or portion therof with a compound described herein. This includes administration of the compound to a subject (e.g., a patient, mammal) in which the neuron or portion therof is present, as well as introducing the inhibitor into a medium in which a neuro or portion thereof is cultured.
  • patient refers to any mammal, including humans, higher non-human primates, rodenst domestic and farm animals such as cow, horses, dogs and cats.
  • the patient is a human patient.
  • bioavailability refers to the systemic availability (i.e., blood/plasma levels) of a given amount of drug administered to a patient. Bioavailability is an absolute term that indicates measurement of both the time (rate) and total amount (extent) of drug that reaches the general circulation from an administered dosage form.
  • preventing axon degeneration include (i) the ability to inhibit or presenve axon or neuron degeration in patients diagnosed as having a neurodegerative disease or risk of developing a neurodegenerative disease and (ii) the ability to inhibit or prevent further axon or neuron degeneration in patients who are already suffering from, or have symptoms of a neurodegenerative disease.
  • Preventing axon or neuron degeneration includes decreasing or inhbiting axon or neuron degeneration, which may be characterized by complete or partial inhibition or neuron or axon degeneration. This can be assessed, for example, by analysis of neurological function.
  • the above-listed terms also include in vitro and ex vivo methods. Further, the pharases "preventing neuron
  • the administration of one or more agent as described herein may result in at least a 10% decrease (e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or even 100% decrease in one or more symptoms of a disorder of the nervous system, a condition of the nervous system that is secondary to a disease, condition, or therapy having a primary effect outside of the nervous system; an inusry to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical or chemical trauma, pain; and ocular related
  • a psychiatric disorder e.g., tremors, slowness of movement, ataxia, loss of balance, depressioin, decreased cognitive function, short term memory loss, long term memory loss, confusion, changes in personality, language difficultities, loss of sensory perception, sensitivity to touch, numbness in extremities, muscle weakness, muscle paralysis, muscle cramps , muscle spasms, significant changes in eating habits, excessive fear or worry, insomnia, delusions, hallucinations, fatigue, back pain, chest pain, digestive problems, headache, rapid heart rate, dizziness, blurred vision, shadows or missing areas of vision, metamorphopsia, impairment in color vision, decreased recovery of visual function after exposure to bright light, and loss in visual contrast sensitivity) in a subject or population compared to a control subject or population that does not receive the one or more agent described herein.
  • tremors slowness of movement, ataxia, loss of balance, depressioin, decreased cognitive function, short term memory loss, long term memory loss, confusion, changes in
  • the administration of one or more agent as described herein may result in at least a 10% decrease (e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or even 100% decrease) in the number of neurons (or neuron bodies, axons, or dendrites thereof) that degenerate in a neuron population or in a subject compared to the number of neurons (or neuron bodies, axons, or dendrites thereof) that degenerate in neuron population or in a subject that is not administered the one or more of the agents described herein.
  • a 10% decrease e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or even 100% decrease
  • the number of neurons or neuron bodies, axons, or dendrites thereof
  • the administration of one or more agent as described herein may result in at least a 10% decrease (e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or even 100% decrease) in the likelihood of developing a disorder of the nervous system; a condition of the nervous system that is secondary to a disease, condition, or therapy having a primary effect outside of the nervous system; an injury to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical, or chemical trauma, pain; an ocular-related neurodegeneration; memory loss; or a psychiatric disorder in a subject or a subject population compared to a control subject or population not treated with the one or more compounds described herein.
  • a 10% decrease e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or even 100% decrease
  • neuron denotes nervous system cells that include a central cell body or soma, and two types of extensions or projections: dendrites, by which, in general, the majority of neuronal signals are conveyed to the cell body, and axons, by which, in general, the majority of neuronal signals are conveyed from the cell body to effector cells, such as target neurons or muscle.
  • Neurons can convey information from tissues and organs into the central nervous system (afferent or sensory neurons) and transmit signals from the central nervous systems to effector cells (efferent or motor neurons).
  • Other neurons designated interneurons, connect neurons within the central nervous system (the brain and spinal column).
  • Certain specific examples of neuron types that may be subject to treatment according to the invention include cerebellar granule neurons, dorsal root ganglion neurons, and cortical neurons.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
  • A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 dialkylamino, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 -5 R A substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, Ci -8 heteroalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L A ) 0 -i-C 6 aryl, -(L A ) 0 -i-NR Rla R Rlb
  • L A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 4 alkylene, Ci_ 4 heteroalkylene, Ci_ 4 alkoxylene, Ci -4 aminoalkylene, Ci_ 4 thioalkylene, C 2 _ 4 alkenylene, and C 2 _ 4 alkynylene; wherein R Rla and R Rlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; R Rlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; R Rlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8
  • Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with R Cy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, Ci- 8 heteroalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered
  • heterocycloalkyl -(L Cy ) 0 _i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L Cy ) 0 _i -phenyl,
  • L Cy is selected from the group consisting of C 1-4 alkylene, Ci_ 4 heteroalkylene, Ci_ 4 alkoxylene, Ci_ 4 aminoalkylene, Ci_ 4 thioalkylene, C 2 _ 4 alkenylene, and C 2 _ 4 alkynylene; wherein R RCa and R RCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; R RCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
  • X 1 is N or C-R 4 , wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -Br, I,
  • X 2 is N or CH;
  • A is selected from the group consisting of Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 dialkylamino,
  • L A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_ 4 alkylene, Ci_ 4 heteroalkylene, Ci_ 4 alkoxylene, Ci -4 aminoalkylene, Ci_ 4 thioalkylene, C 2 _ 4 alkenylene, and C 2 _ 4 alkynylene; wherein R Rla and R Rlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; R Rlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; R Rlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8
  • Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with R Cy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , C 1-8 alkyl, C 1-8 haloalkyl, C 1-8 heteroalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L Cy ) 0 -i -phenyl, -(L Cy ) 0 -i-NR RCa R RCb , -(L Cy ) 0 -i-OR
  • R RCa and R RCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl;
  • R RCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci -8 alkyl, Ci -8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl;
  • E8 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E4, E5, E6 or E7, wherein R 4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, C3_s cycloalkyl, 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, -(0)-C3_s cycloalkyl, -(0)-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(0)-Ci_6 alkyl and -(0)-Ci_6 haloalkyl, and is optionally substituted.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, C3_s cycloalkyl, 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, -(0)-C3_s cycloalkyl, -(0)-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(0)-Ci_6 alkyl and
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, monofluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, tnfluoromethoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentoxy, methyl, monofluoromethyl difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl.
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of (L 2 )o-i -phenyl, -(L 2 )o-i-pyridyl, -(L 2 )o-i-pyrimidinyl, -(L 2 )o-i-pyrazinyl, -(L 2 ) 0 -i-pyridazinyl, -(L 2 ) 0 -i-pyrrolyl, -(L 2 ) 0 -i-pyrazolyl,
  • R , R and R are each independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, CN, hydrogen, C alkyl and Ci_ 4 haloalkyl.
  • E14 A compound according to E0, El , E2, E3, E 4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El l , E12 or E13, wherein R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are each hydrogen.
  • E15 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1 , El 2, E13 or El 4, wherein A and Cy are independently selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane,
  • E20 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, El 2, E13, E14, E15, E16, El 7, E18 or E19, wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine,
  • E21 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5,E 6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E15, E16, E17, E18, E19 or E20, wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of azetidine, (l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
  • E26 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El l, E12, E13, E14, E15, E16, E17, E18 or E23, wherein A is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 R A substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-s haloalkyl, Ci-s heteroalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L A )o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L A )o-i-C6 aryl, wherein L A is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -C(0)CH 2 -,-OCH 2
  • E27 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E15, E20, E21 or E25, wherein Cy is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 R Cy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N0 2 , -SF 5 , Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-s haloalkyl, Ci-s heteroalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L Cy )o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L Cy ) 0 _i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(L Cy ) 0 _i-C6 aryl, wherein L Cy is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -C(0)CH 2 -,-OCH 2 -
  • E28 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, El 2, E13, E14, E15, E20, E21, E24, E25 or E26, wherein Cy is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R Cy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, CN, OH,
  • E29 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, El 2, El 3, El 4, El 5, E16,E17, El 8, E23 or E26, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, CN, CH 3 0-, CH 3 , cyclopropylmethyl, CF 3 and butyl.
  • E30 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El l, E12, E13, E14, E15, E16, E17, E18, E19, E20, E21, E22, E25, E26, E27, E28 or E29, wherein said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
  • E31 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E20, E21, E22, E25, E27, E28 or E29, wherein said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
  • E32 A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E15, E16, E17, E18, E19, E20, E21, E22, E24, E26, E27, E28 or E29, wherein said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
  • Suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • BOC t-butoxycarbonyl
  • CBz benzyloxycarbonyl
  • Fmoc 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl
  • compounds or intermediates of the inventions can be prepared by displacement of a halogen atom from a dihalothiopyrimidine compound (i) with an amine group under basic conditions. Further treatment of the alkylthio compound (ii) under oxidative conditions provides the oxidized sulfone (iii) compound.
  • a Suzuki- Miyaura coupling reaction between (iii) and a boronate reagent (iv) with a Pd(0) catalyst yields compounds and or intermediates of the invention (v) (See, Miyaura, N.; Suzuki, A. Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2457-2483) .
  • compounds or intermediates of the invention can be prepared by reaction of a trihalo pyrimidine (vi) with a boronate ester under Pd(0) coupling conditions to provide biheteroaryl (vii). Subsequent sequential displacement of a halogens atom of vii with an the same of different amine reagents under basic conditions, provide biheteroaryl compounds (ix).
  • compounds or intermediates of the invention can be prepared by Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of dichloroodopyridine (x) with an amine under Pd(0) catalyzed conditions (See, Hartwig, J.F. (1997), "Palladium-Catalyzed Animation of Aryl Halides: Mechanism and Rational Catalyst Design", Synlett 4: 329-340 ). Displacement of a chloro group in xi with an amine followed by Suzuki coupling of the resultant product (xii) with a boronate ester (iv-b) provides compounds and or intermediates of the invention xiii.
  • compounds and or intermediates of the invention can be prepared by treating a R substituted dichloro compound (xiv) with an amine under base conditions to produce compound xv. Subsequent treatment of compound xv under Pd(0) catalyst coupling conditions provides compounds and or intermediates of the inventions (xvi).
  • compositions and medicaments comprising a compound of Formula I or any subformula or any embodiment thereof and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the compositions of the invention can be used for inhibiting DLK activity in patients (e.g., humans).
  • composition is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable it is meant the carrier, diluent or excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • the invention provides for pharmaceutical compositions (or medicaments) comprising a compound of Formula I-I or I (or stereoisomers, geometric isomers, tautomers, solvates, metabolites, isotopes, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or prodrugs thereof) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the invention provides for preparing compositions (or medicaments) comprising compounds of the invention.
  • the invention provides for administering compounds of Formula I-I or I and compositions comprising compounds of Formula I-I or I or any embodiment thereof to a patient (e.g., a human patient) in need thereof.
  • compositions are formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice.
  • Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners.
  • the effective amount of the compound to be administered will be governed by such considerations, and is the minimum amount necessary to inhibit DLK activity as required to prevent or treat the undesired disease or disorder, such as for example, neurodegeneration, amyloidosis, formation of neurofibrillary tangles, or undesired cell growth. For example, such amount may be below the amount that is toxic to normal cells, or the mammal as a whole.
  • the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of the invention administered parenterally per dose will be in the range of about 0.01-100 mg/kg, alternatively about e.g., 0.1 to 20 mg/kg of patient body weight per day, with the typical initial range of compound used being 0.3 to 15 mg/kg/day.
  • the daily does is, in certain embodiments, given as a single daily dose or in divided doses two to six times a day, or in sustained release form. In the case of a 70 kg adult human, the total daily dose will generally be from about 7 mg to about 1,400 mg. This dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response.
  • the compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered in any convenient administrative form, e.g., tablets, powders, capsules, solutions, dispersions, suspensions, syrups, sprays, suppositories, gels, emulsions, patches, etc.
  • Such compositions may contain components conventional in pharmaceutical preparations, e.g., diluents, carriers, pH modifiers, sweeteners, bulking agents, and further active agents.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered by any suitable means, including oral, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, transdermal, parenteral, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intrapulmonary, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural and intranasal, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration.
  • Parenteral infusions include intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intraocular, intralesional or subcutaneous administration.
  • compositions comprising compounds of Formula I-I or I any embodiment thereof are normally formulated in accordance with standard pharmaceutical practice as a pharmaceutical composition.
  • a typical formulation is prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention and a diluent, carrier or excipient. Suitable diluents, carriers and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and are described in detail in, e.g., Ansel, Howard C, et al., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2004; Gennaro, Alfonso R., et al. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000; and Rowe, Raymond C.
  • the formulations may also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents, diluents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament).
  • buffers stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents, diluents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aid in the manufacturing
  • Suitable carriers, diluents and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and include materials such as carbohydrates, waxes, water soluble and/or swellable polymers, hydrophilic or hydrophobic materials, gelatin, oils, solvents, water and the like.
  • the particular carrier, diluent or excipient used will depend upon the means and purpose for which a compound of the present invention is being applied.
  • Solvents are generally selected based on solvents recognized by persons skilled in the art as safe (GRAS) to be administered to a mammal.
  • safe solvents are non-toxic aqueous solvents such as water and other non-toxic solvents that are soluble or miscible in water.
  • Suitable aqueous solvents include water, ethanol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycols (e.g., PEG 400, PEG 300), etc. and mixtures thereof.
  • the formulations can also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament).
  • Acceptable diluents, carriers, excipients and stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine,
  • monosaccharides, disaccharides and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g., Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEENTM, PLURONICSTM or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • chelating agents such as EDTA
  • sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol
  • salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium
  • metal complexes e.g., Zn-protein complexes
  • non-ionic surfactants such as TWEENTM, PLURONICSTM or polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • a active pharmaceutical ingredient of the invention can also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions.
  • colloidal drug delivery systems for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules
  • Sustained-release preparations of a compound of the invention can be prepared.
  • suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing a compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules.
  • sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example,
  • Sustained release compositions also include liposomally entrapped compounds, which can be prepared by methods known per se (Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 82:3688, 1985; Hwang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 77:4030, 1980; U.S.
  • the liposomes are of the small (about 200-800 Angstroms) unilamelar type in which the lipid content is greater than about 30 mol % cholesterol, the selected proportion being adjusted for the optimal therapy
  • the formulations include those suitable for the administration routes detailed herein.
  • the formulations can conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy: Remington the Science and Practice of Pharmacy (2005) 21 st Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philidelphia, PA. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
  • the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers, diluents or excipients or finely divided solid carriers, diluents or excipients, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • a typical formulation is prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention and a carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the formulations can be prepared using conventional dissolution and mixing procedures.
  • the bulk drug substance i.e., compound of the present invention or stabilized form of the compound (e.g., complex with a cyclodextrin derivative or other known complexation agent) is dissolved in a suitable solvent in the presence of one or more of the excipients described above.
  • a compound of the present invention is typically formulated into pharmaceutical dosage forms to provide an easily controllable dosage of the drug and to enable patient compliance with the prescribed regimen.
  • compounds of Formula I-I or I or any embodiment thereof may be formulated by mixing at ambient temperature at the appropriate pH, and at the desired degree of purity, with physiologically acceptable carriers, i.e., carriers that are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed into a galenical administration form.
  • physiologically acceptable carriers i.e., carriers that are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed into a galenical administration form.
  • the pH of the formulation depends mainly on the particular use and the concentration of compound, but preferably ranges anywhere from about 3 to about 8.
  • a compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof is formulated in an acetate buffer, at pH 5.
  • the compounds of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof are sterile.
  • the compound may be stored, for example, as a solid or amorphous composition, as a lyophilized formulation or as an aqueous solution.
  • Formulations of a compound of the invention e.g., compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof
  • suitable for oral administration can be prepared as discrete units such as pills, capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of a compound of the invention.
  • Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered active ingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets can optionally be coated or scored and optionally are formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therefrom.
  • Tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules, syrups or elixirs can be prepared for oral use.
  • Formulations of a compound of the invention (e.g., compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof) intended for oral use can be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions can contain one or more agents including sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation. Tablets containing the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which are suitable for manufacture of tablets are acceptable.
  • excipients can be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets can be uncoated or can be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax can be employed.
  • inert diluents such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium or sodium phosphate
  • granulating and disintegrating agents such as maize starch, or alginic acid
  • binding agents such as starch, ge
  • An example of a suitable oral administration form is a tablet containing about 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, 30 mg, 50 mg, 80 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg and 500 mg of the compound of the invention compounded with about 10-90 mg anhydrous lactose, about 5-40 mg sodium croscarmellose, about 5-30 mg polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) K30, and about 1 -10 mg magnesium stearate.
  • the powdered ingredients are first mixed together and then mixed with a solution of the PVP.
  • the resulting composition can be dried, granulated, mixed with the magnesium stearate and compressed to tablet form using conventional equipment.
  • An example of an aerosol formulation can be prepared by dissolving the compound, for example 5-400 mg, of the invention in a suitable buffer solution, e.g. a phosphate buffer, adding a tonicifier, e.g. a salt such sodium chloride, if desired.
  • a suitable buffer solution e.g. a phosphate buffer
  • a tonicifier e.g. a salt such sodium chloride
  • the solution may be filtered, e.g., using a 0.2 micron filter, to remove impurities and contaminants.
  • the formulations are preferably applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w/w.
  • the active ingredient can be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • the active ingredients can be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base can include a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG 400) and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulations can desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulfoxide and related analogs.
  • the oily phase of the emulsions of this invention can be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase can comprise merely an emulsifier, it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • Aqueous suspensions of a compound of the invention contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, croscarmellose, povidone, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia, and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol
  • a suspending agent such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, cro
  • the aqueous suspension can also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate
  • coloring agents such as a coloring agent
  • flavoring agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • sweetening agents such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • Formulations of a compound of the invention can be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • a sterile injectable preparation such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • This suspension can be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above.
  • the sterile injectable preparation can also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,3-butanediol or prepared as a lyophilized powder.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile fixed oils can conventionally be employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid can likewise be used in the preparation of injectables.
  • the amount of active ingredient that can be combined with the carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • a time-release formulation intended for oral administration to humans can contain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which can vary from about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weigh weight).
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurable amounts for administration.
  • an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion can contain from about 3 to 500 ⁇ g of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which can contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which can include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient.
  • the active ingredient is preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of about 0.5 to 20% w/w, for example about 0.5 to 10% w/w, for example about 1.5% w/w.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations for rectal administration can be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salicylate.
  • Formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administration have a particle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 microns (including particle sizes in a range between 0.1 and 500 microns in increments microns such as 0.5, 1 , 30 microns, 35 microns, etc.), which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage or by inhalation through the mouth so as to reach the alveolar sacs.
  • Suitable formulations include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient.
  • Formulations suitable for aerosol or dry powder administration can be prepared according to conventional methods and can be delivered with other therapeutic agents such as compounds heretofore used in the treatment of disorders as described below.
  • the formulations can be packaged in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and can be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water, for injection immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example water
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions are prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • certain embodiments of the invention provide for a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) to traverse the blood-brain barrier.
  • Certain neurodegenerative diseases are associated with an increase in permeability of the blood-brain barrier, such that a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) can be readily introduced to the brain.
  • the blood-brain barrier remains intact, several art-known approaches exist for transporting molecules across it, including, but not limited to, physical methods, lipid-based methods, and receptor and channel-based methods.
  • Physical methods of transporting a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) across the blood-brain barrier include, but are not limited to, circumventing the blood- brain barrier entirely, or by creating openings in the blood-brain barrier.
  • Circumvention methods include, but are not limited to, direct injection into the brain (see, e.g., Papanastassiou et al., Gene Therapy 9:398-406, 2002), interstitial
  • infusion/convection- enhanced delivery see, e.g., Bobo et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91 :2076-2080, 1994
  • implanting a delivery device in the brain see, e.g., Gill et al., Nature Med. 9:589-595, 2003; and Gliadel WafersTM, Guildford.
  • Methods of creating openings in the barrier include, but are not limited to, ultrasound (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2002/0038086), osmotic pressure (e.g., by administration of hypertonic mannitol (Neuwelt, E. A., Implication of the Blood- Brain Barrier and its Manipulation, Volumes 1 and 2, Plenum Press, N.Y., 1989)), and permeabilization by, e.g., bradykinin or permeabilizer A-7 (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,112,596, 5,268,164, 5,506,206, and 5,686,416).
  • Lipid-based methods of transporting a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) across the blood-brain barrier include, but are not limited to, encapsulating the a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) in liposomes that are coupled to antibody binding fragments that bind to receptors on the vascular endothelium of the blood- brain barrier (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0025313), and coating a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) in low-density lipoprotein particles (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
  • Receptor and channel-based methods of transporting a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) across the blood-brain barrier include, but are not limited to, using glucocorticoid blockers to increase permeability of the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2002/0065259, 2003/0162695, and
  • the compounds can be administered continuously by infusion into the fluid reservoirs of the CNS, although bolus injection may be acceptable.
  • the inhibitors can be administered into the ventricles of the brain or otherwise introduced into the CNS or spinal fluid. Administration can be performed by use of an indwelling catheter and a continuous administration means such as a pump, or it can be administered by implantation, e.g., intracerebral implantation of a sustained-release vehicle. More specifically, the inhibitors can be injected through chronically implanted cannulas or chronically infused with the help of osmotic minipumps. Subcutaneous pumps are available that deliver proteins through a small tubing to the cerebral ventricles.
  • Highly sophisticated pumps can be refilled through the skin and their delivery rate can be set without surgical intervention.
  • suitable administration protocols and delivery systems involving a subcutaneous pump device or continuous intracerebroventricular infusion through a totally implanted drug delivery system are those used for the administration of dopamine, dopamine agonists, and cholinergic agonists to Alzheimer's disease patients and animal models for Parkinson's disease, as described by Harbaugh, J. Neural Transm. Suppl. 24:271 , 1987; and DeYebenes et al., Mov. Disord. 2: 143, 1987.
  • a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) used in the invention are formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice.
  • Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners.
  • a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) need not be, but is optionally formulated with one or more agent currently used to prevent or treat the disorder in question. The effective amount of such other agents depends on the amount of a compound of the invention present in the formulation, the type of disorder or treatment, and other factors discussed above.
  • the appropriate dosage of a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) (when used alone or in combination with other agents) will depend on the type of disease to be treated, the properties of the compound, the severity and course of the disease, whether the compound is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the compound, and the discretion of the attending physician.
  • the compound is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments.
  • about 1 ⁇ g/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g., 0.1 mg/kg-10 mg/kg) of compound can be an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion.
  • One typical daily dosage might range from about 1 ⁇ g kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • the treatment would generally be sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs.
  • One exemplary dosage of a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) would be in the range from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg.
  • one or more doses of about 0.5 mg/kg, 2.0 mg/kg, 4.0 mg/kg, or 10 mg/kg (or any combination thereof) may be administered to the patient.
  • Such doses may be administered intermittently, e.g., every week or every three weeks (e.g., such that the patient receives from about two to about twenty, or, e.g., about six doses of the antibody).
  • An initial higher loading dose, followed by one or more lower doses may be administered.
  • An exemplary dosing regimen comprises administering an initial loading dose of about 4 mg/kg, followed by a weekly maintenance dose of about 2 mg kg of the compound.
  • other dosage regimens may be useful. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays.
  • typical daily dosages might range from, for example, about 1 g/kg to up to 100 mg/kg or more (e.g., about 1 ⁇ g kg to 1 mg/kg, about 1 ⁇ g/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 1 mg kg to 10 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg, about 50 mg/kg to about 150 mg/mg, about 100 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg, about 100 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg, and about 200 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg), depending on the factors mentioned above.
  • the clinician will administer a compound until a dosage is reached that results in improvement in or, optimally, elimination of, one or more symptoms of the treated disease or condition. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional assays.
  • One or more agent provided herein may be administered together or at different times (e.g., one agent is administered prior to the administration of a second agent).
  • One or more agent may be administered to a subject using different techniques (e.g., one agent may be administered orally, while a second agent is administered via intramuscular injection or intranasally).
  • One or more agent may be administered such that the one or more agent has a pharmacologic effect in a subject at the same time.
  • one or more agent may be administered, such that the pharmacological activity of the first administered agent is expired prior the administration of one or more secondarily administered agents (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 secondarily administered agents).
  • the invention provides for methods of inhibiting the Dual Leucine Zipper Kinase (DLK) in an in vitro (e.g., a nerve graft of nerve transplant) or in vivo setting (e.g., in a patient) by contacting DLK present in an in vitro or in vivo setting with compounds of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof.
  • DLK Dual Leucine Zipper Kinase
  • the inhibition of DLK signaling or expression with a compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof results in a downstream decrease in JNK phosphorylation (e.g., a decrease in JNK2 and/or JNK3 phosphorylation), JNK activity (e.g., a decrease in JNK2 and/or JNK3 activity), and/or JNK expression (e.g., a decrease in JNK2 and/or JNK3 expression).
  • JNK phosphorylation e.g., a decrease in JNK2 and/or JNK3 phosphorylation
  • JNK activity e.g., a decrease in JNK2 and/or JNK3 activity
  • JNK expression e.g., a decrease in JNK2 and/or JNK3 expression
  • administering one or more compounds of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof according to the methods of the invention can result in decrease in activity of kinase targets downstream of the DLK signalling cascade, e.g, (i) a decrease in JNK phosphorylation, JNK activity, and/or JNK expression, (ii) a decrease in cJun phosphorylation, cJun activity, and/or cJun expression, and/or (iii) a decrease in p38 phosphorylation, p38 activity, and/or p38 expression.
  • Compounds of the invention can be used in methods for inhibiting neuron or axon degeneration.
  • the inhibitors are, therefore, useful in the therapy of, for example, (i) disorders of the nervous system (e.g., neurodegenerative diseases), (ii) conditions of the nervous system that are secondary to a disease, condition, or therapy having a primary effect outside of the nervous system, (iii) injuries to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical, or chemical trauma, (iv) pain, (v) ocular-related neurodegeneration, (vi) memory loss, and (vii) psychiatric disorders.
  • disorders of the nervous system e.g., neurodegenerative diseases
  • conditions of the nervous system that are secondary to a disease, condition, or therapy having a primary effect outside of the nervous system e.g., a progressive dysfunction, a progressive dysfunction, a progressive dysfunction, and the effects having a primary effect outside of the nervous system.
  • injuries to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical, or chemical trauma
  • pain e.g., pain, ocular-related neurodegeneration, (vi) memory loss, and
  • psychiatric disorders
  • neurodegenerative diseases and conditions that can be prevented or treated according to the invention include amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), trigeminal neuralgia, glossopharyngeal neuralgia, Bell's Palsy, myasthenia gravis, muscular dystrophy, progressive muscular atrophy, primary lateral sclerosis (PLS), pseudobulbar palsy, progressive bulbar palsy, spinal muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar palsy, inherited muscular atrophy, invertebrate disk syndromes (e.g., herniated, ruptured, and prolapsed disk syndromes), cervical spondylosis, plexus disorders, thoracic outlet destruction syndromes, peripheral neuropathies, prophyria, mild cognitive impairment, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, Parkinson' s-plus diseases (e.g., multiple system atrophy, progressive supranuclear palsy, and corticobasal degeneration), dementia with Lewy bodies, frontotemporal dementia, demye
  • the methods of the invention can also be used in the prevention and treatment of ocular-related neurodegeneration and related diseases and conditions, such as glaucoma, lattice dystrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), photoreceptor degeneration associated with wet or dry AMD, other retinal degeneration, optic nerve drusen, optic neuropathy, and optic neuritis.
  • ocular-related neurodegeneration and related diseases and conditions such as glaucoma, lattice dystrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), photoreceptor degeneration associated with wet or dry AMD, other retinal degeneration, optic nerve drusen, optic neuropathy, and optic neuritis.
  • Non-limiting examples of different types of glaucoma that can be prevented or treated according to the invention include primary glaucoma (also known as primary open-angle glaucoma, chronic open-angle glaucoma, chronic simple glaucoma, and glaucoma simplex), low- tension glaucoma, primary angle-closure glaucoma (also known as primary closed- angle glaucoma, narrow-angle glaucoma, pupil-block glaucoma, and acute congestive glaucoma), acute angle-closure glaucoma, chronic angle-closure glaucoma, intermittent angle-closure glaucoma, chronic open-angle closure glaucoma, pigmentary glaucoma, exfoliation glaucoma (also known as pseudoexfoliative glaucoma or glaucoma capsulare), developmental glaucoma (e.g., primary congenital glaucoma and infantile glaucoma), secondary glaucoma (e
  • Examples of types of pain that can be treated according to the methods of the invention include those associated with the following conditions: chronic pain, fibromyalgia, spinal pain, carpel tunnel syndrome, pain from cancer, arthritis, sciatica, headaches, pain from surgery, muscle spasms, back pain, visceral pain, pain from injury, dental pain, neuralgia, such as neuogenic or neuropathic pain, nerve inflammation or damage, shingles, herniated disc, torn ligament, and diabetes.
  • Certain diseases and conditions having primary effects outside of the nervous system can lead to damage to the nervous system, which can be treated according to the methods of the present invention.
  • Examples of such conditions include peripheral neuropathy and neuralgia caused by, for example, diabetes, cancer, AIDS, hepatitis, kidney dysfunction, Colorado tick fever, diphtheria, HIV infection, leprosy, lyme disease, polyarteritis nodosa, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, Sjogren syndrome, syphilis, systemic lupus erythematosus, and amyloidosis.
  • the methods of the invention can be used in the treatment of nerve damage, such as peripheral neuropathy, which is caused by exposure to toxic compounds, including heavy metals (e.g., lead, arsenic, and mercury) and industrial solvents, as well as drugs including chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., vincristine and cisplatin), dapsone, HIV medications (e.g., Zidovudine, Didanosine. Stavudine, Zalcitabine, Ritonavir, and
  • nerve damage such as peripheral neuropathy, which is caused by exposure to toxic compounds, including heavy metals (e.g., lead, arsenic, and mercury) and industrial solvents, as well as drugs including chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., vincristine and cisplatin), dapsone, HIV medications (e.g., Zidovudine, Didanosine. Stavudine, Zalcitabine, Ritonavir, and
  • Amprenavir cholesterol lowering drugs (e.g., Lovastatin, Indapamid, and Gemfibrozil), heart or blood pressure medications (e.g., Amiodarone, Hydralazine, Perhexiline), and Metronidazole.
  • cholesterol lowering drugs e.g., Lovastatin, Indapamid, and Gemfibrozil
  • heart or blood pressure medications e.g., Amiodarone, Hydralazine, Perhexiline
  • Metronidazole e.g., Amiodarone, Hydralazine, Perhexiline
  • the methods of the invention can also be used to treat injury to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical, or chemical trauma.
  • the methods can be used in the treatment of peripheral nerve damage caused by physical injury (associated with, e.g., burns, wounds, surgery, and accidents), ischemia, prolonged exposure to cold temperature (e.g., frost-bite), as well as damage to the central nervous system due to, e.g., stroke or intracranial hemorrhage (such as cerebral hemorrhage).
  • the methods of the invention can be used in the prevention or treatment of memory loss such as, for example, age-related memory loss.
  • Types of memory that can be affected by loss, and thus treated according to the invention include episodic memory, semantic memory, short-term memory, and long-term memory.
  • Examples of diseases and conditions associated with memory loss, which can be treated according to the present invention include mild cognitive impairment, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, chemotherapy, stress, stroke, and traumatic brain injury (e.g., concussion).
  • the methods of the invention can also be used in the treatment of psychiatric disorders including, for example, schizophrenia, delusional disorder, schizoaffective disorder, schizopheniform, shared psychotic disorder, psychosis, paranoid personality disorder, schizoid personality disorder, borderline personality disorder, anti-social personality disorder, narcissistic personality disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, delirium, dementia, mood disorders, bipolar disorder, depression, stress disorder, panic disorder, agoraphobia, social phobia, post-traumatic stress disorder, anxiety disorder, and impulse control disorders (e.g., kleptomania, pathological gambling, pyromania, and trichotillomania).
  • psychiatric disorders including, for example, schizophrenia, delusional disorder, schizoaffective disorder, schizopheniform, shared psychotic disorder, psychosis, paranoid personality disorder, schizoid personality disorder, borderline personality disorder, anti-social personality disorder, narcissistic personality disorder, obses
  • the methods of the invention can be used to treat nerves ex vivo, which may be helpful in the context of nerve grafts or nerve transplants.
  • the inhibitors described herein can be useful as components of culture media for use in culturing nerve cells in vitro.
  • the invention provides for a method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system (CNS) neuron or a portion thereof, the method comprising administering to the CNS neuron a compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof.
  • CNS central nervous system
  • the administering to the CNS neuron is performed in vitro.
  • the method further comprises grafting or implanting the CNS neuron into a human patient after administration of the agent.
  • the CNS neuron is present in a human patient.
  • the administering to the CNS neuron comprises administration of said compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the administering to the CNS neuron is carried out by an administration route selected from the group consisting of parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intralesional, intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial interstitial infusion and implanted delivery device.
  • the method further comprises administering one or more additional pharmaceutical agents.
  • inhibitors can be optionally combined with or administered in concert with each other or other agents known to be useful in the treatment of the relevant disease or condition.
  • inhibitors can be administered in combination with Riluzole (Rilutek), minocycline, insulin- like growth factor 1 (IGF-1), and/or methylcobalamin.
  • inhibitors in the treatment of Parkinson's disease, can be administered with L-dopa, dopamine agonists (e.g., bromocriptine, pergolide, pramipexole, ropinirole, cabergoline, apomorphine, and lisuride), dopa decarboxylase inhibitors (e.g., levodopa, benserazide, and carbidopa), and/or MAO-B inhibitors (e.g., selegiline and rasagiline).
  • dopamine agonists e.g., bromocriptine, pergolide, pramipexole, ropinirole, cabergoline, apomorphine, and lisuride
  • dopa decarboxylase inhibitors e.g., levodopa, benserazide, and carbidopa
  • MAO-B inhibitors e.g., selegiline and rasagiline
  • inhibitors in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, can be administered with acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (e.g., donepezil, galantamine, and rivastigmine) and/or NMDA receptor antagonists (e.g., memantine).
  • acetylcholinesterase inhibitors e.g., donepezil, galantamine, and rivastigmine
  • NMDA receptor antagonists e.g., memantine
  • the combination therapies can involve concurrent or sequential administration, by the same or different routes, as determined to be appropriate by those of skill in the art.
  • the invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions and kits comprising combinations as described herein.
  • the invention includes combinations of agents that (i) inhibit degeneration of the neuron cell body, and (ii) inhibit axon degeneration.
  • agents that that (i) inhibit degeneration of the neuron cell body, and (ii) inhibit axon degeneration.
  • inhibitors of GSK and transcription are found to prevent degeneration of neuron cell bodies, while inhibitors of EGFR and p38 MAPK are found to prevent degeneration of axons.
  • the invention includes combinations of inhibitors of GSK and EGFR (and/or p38 MAPK), combinations of transcription inhibitors and EGF (and/or p38 MAPK), and further combinations of inhibitors of dual leucine zipper-bearing kinase (DLK), glycogen synthase kinase 3 ⁇ (GSK3 ), p38 MAPK, EGFF, phosphoinositide 3 -kinase (PI3K), cyclin-dependent kinase 5 (cdk5), adenylyl cyclase, c-Jun N-terminal kinase (JNK), BCL2 -associated X protein (Bax), In channel, calcium/calmodulin- dependent protein kinase kinase (CaMKK), a G-protein, a G-protein coupled receptor, transcription factor 4 (TCF4), and ⁇ -catenin.
  • the inhibitors used in these combinations can be any of those described herein, or other inhibitors
  • the combination therapy can provide "synergy” and prove “synergistic", i.e., the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together is greater than the sum of the effects that results from using the compounds separately.
  • a synergistic effect can be attained when the active ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined, unit dosage formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen.
  • a synergistic effect can be attained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, e.g., by different injections in separate syringes, separate pills or capsules, or in separate infusions.
  • an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e., serially
  • effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
  • non-exemplified compounds according to the invention can be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g., by appropriately protecting interferring groups, by utilizing other suitable reagents known in the art other than those described, and/or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions.
  • other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the invention. Accordingly, the following examples are provided to illustrate but not limit the invention.
  • Example conditions for analysis include monitoring on an Agilent 1200 Series LC coupled to a 6140 quadrupole mass spectrometer using a Supelco Ascentis Express CI 8 column with a linear gradient of 5%-95% acetonitrile/water (with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid in each mobile phase) within 1.4 minutes and held at 95% for 0.3 minute, or on a PE Sciex API 150 EX using a Phenomenex DNYC monolithic CI 8 column with a linear gradient of 5%-95%
  • acetonitrile/water (with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in each mobile phase) within 5 minutes and held at 95% for 1 minute to determine retention times (RT) and associated mass ions.
  • dichloromethane (6 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. After removal of the solvent, the residue was dissolved with water (30 mL), basified and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated to provide
  • 6-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (7.6 g, 25.6 mmol), carbamimidothioic acid (7.77 g, 102.3 mmol) and sodium methanolate (5.52 g, 102.3 mmol) in anhydrous methonal (250 mL) was refluxed under N2 for 16 h. After removal of the solvent, the residue was adjusted pH to 6 with hydrogen chloride aqueous solution (2 M).
  • 6-(6-hydroxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (6 g, 18.57 mmol, 65%) in dry dichloromethane (250 mL) was added oxalyl dichloride (2.83 g, 22.3 mmol) and DMF (0.5 mL) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h and was poured into ice water including Et 3 N. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (250 mL*2).
  • N,N-dimethylacetamide (40.5 mL), was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (6.60 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated to a solid. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using an 80 g column, with a gradient of 0% to 100% ethyl acetate in heptane. The combined fractions containing product were concentrated under reduced pressure to provide
  • Triethylamine (90 uL, 0.65 mmol, 5.0 equiv) in DMF (1.0 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • Step 1 l-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)cyclobutanecarbonitrile
  • Step 1 tert-butyl 3-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
  • the resulting yellow solution was injected into a separately prepared, nitrogen flushed vessel containing [l,l-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (2.56 g, 3.10 mmol), copper(I) iodide (1.18 g, 6.21 mmol) and 2,6-dichloro-4-iodopyridine (17.0 g, 62.1 mmol) and this mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 19.5 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water (3x).
  • the vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 50 °C for 15 min.
  • the reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL).
  • the combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (16% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether ⁇ 100% ethyl acetate) to provide
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 4,6-dichloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidine
  • N,N-diisopropylethylamine (280 mg, 2.16 mmol) in NN-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was heated at 70 °C for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The collected organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (5 : 1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) afforded
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 3-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)cyclobutanone
  • Step 1 Synthesis of 3-(4,6-dichloropyrimidin-2-yl)cyclobutanone
  • dichloromethane 80 mL was added dropwise NN-diisopropylethylamine (14.8 g, 115 mmol) at -30 °C. After 1 h, a solution of 2,2-difluorocyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (2.69 g, 19.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C. After 3 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water (300 mL) and dichloromethane (300 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and filtered through Celite® (eluting with dichloromethane then water). The layers of the filtrate were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x). The collected organic was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was adsorbed onto silica, and purified by flash column chromatography (0 ⁇ 10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford the desired compound as a beige solid (84.4 mg, 80%).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Developmental Biology & Embryology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Anesthesiology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides for compounds of Formula I-I and embodiments and salts thereof for the treatment of diseases (e.g., neurodegenerative diseases). R 1, R 2, R 3, X 1, X 2, A and Cy variable in Formula (I-I) all have the meaning as defined herein.

Description

BIHETEROARYL COMPOUNDS AND USES THEREOF CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Appl. No. 61/817,966, filed on May 1, 2013, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to organic compounds useful for therapy and or prophylaxis in a mammal, and in particular to inhibitors of DLK useful for treating neurodegeneration diseases and disorders.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Neuron or axon degeneration plays a central role in the proper development of the nervous system and is a hall mark of many neurodegenerative diseases including for example, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), glaucoma, Alzheimer's disease, and Parkinson's disease, as well a traumatic injury to the brain and spinal cord. Recent patent publication WO2011/050192, incorporated herein by reference, describes the role of the Dual Leucine Zipper Kinase (DLK), also referred to as MAP3K12, to cause neuronal cell death.
Neurodegenerative diseases and injuries are devastating to patients and caregivers, and also result in great financial burdens, with annual costs currently exceeding several hundred billion dollars in the United States alone. Most current treatments for these diseases and conditions are inadequate. Adding to the urgency of the problems created by these diseases is the fact that many such diseases are age related, and thus their incidence is increasing rapidly as population demographics change. There is a great need for the development of effective approaches to treating neurodegenerative diseases and nervous system injuries, including for example, through the inhibition of DLK in neurons.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In one aspect the present invention provides for compounds of Formula I-I:
Figure imgf000004_0001
or salts thereof wherein
R1, R2 and R3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
X1 is N or C-R4, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -Br, I, -(L^o-i-Ci-e alkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e haloalkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e heteroalkyl, -(L2)o-i-C3-8 cycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-6-10 membered aryl, -(L2)o-i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein L1 is selected from the group consisting of-O, -N(H)-, -S-, -N(Ci-6 alkyl)-, =0, and L2 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -N(H)-, -N(Ci-6 alkyl)-, -S-, =0, Ci_4 alkylene, Ci_4 alkenylene, Ci_4 alkynylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci^ aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene and Ci_4 heteroalkylene, and wherein R4 is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with RR4 substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3-5 membered cycloalkyl, 3-5 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkylamino, Ci-6 dialkylamino, Ci-6 alkylthio, =0, -NH2, -CN, -N02 and -SF5; or R1 and R4 taken together form a 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl;
X2 is N or CH;
A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 dialkylamino, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 -5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, C1-8 alkyl, C1-8 haloalkyl, C1-8 heteroalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)0-i-C6 aryl, -(LA)0-i-NRRlaRRlb, -(LA)0-i-ORRla, -(LA)o-i-SRRla, -(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=Y1)ORRlc, -(LA)0-i-OC(=O)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)N(RRla)(RRlb), -(LA)0-i-C(=O)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)RRlb, -(LA)0-i-C(0)ORRla, -(LA)0-i-0C(O)RRla,
-(LA)0_1-P(=O)(ORRla)(ORRlb), -(LA)0-1-S(O)i-2RRlc, -(LA)0_1-S(O)1.2N(RRla)(RRlb), -(LA)0_1-N(RRla)S(O)1_2N(RRla)(RRlb) and -(LA)0_1-N(RRla)S(O)1_2(RRlc), wherein L is selected from the group consisting of CM alkylene, Ci_4 heteroalkylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci-4 aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene, C2-4 alkenylene, and C2-4 alkynylene; wherein RRla and RRlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RA is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with R1^ substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, C1-4 alkyl, CM haloalkyl, CM alkoxy, CM (halo)alkyl-C(O)-, CM
(halo)alkyl-S(0)o-2-, CM (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, CM (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-,
(halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, CM (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, CM (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, CM (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, d_4 alkylthio, d_4 alkylamino and CM dialkylamino; and
Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered
heterocycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LCy)o-i -phenyl,
-(LCy)o-i-NRRCaRRCb, -(LCy)o-i-ORRCa, -(LCy)0-i-SRRCa, -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)C(=Y1)ORRCc, -(LCy)o-i-OC(=0)N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)C(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)o-i-C(=0)N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)C(=0)RRCb, -(LCy)0-i-C(=O)ORRCa, -(LCy)o-i-OC(=0)RRCa, -(LCy)o-i-P(=0)(ORRCa)(ORRCb), -(LCy)0-i-S(O)1_2RRCc,
-(LCy)o-i-S(0)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)S(O)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb) and
-(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)S(0)1_2(RRCc), wherein LCy is selected from the group consisting of CM alkylene, Ci_4 heteroalkylene, CM alkoxylene, Ci_4 aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene, C2_4 alkenylene, and C2_4 alkynylene; wherein RRCa and RRCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RCy is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with from 1 to 5 RRCy substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, -O", =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, CM haloalkyl, CM alkoxy, CM alkyl-C(=0)-, CM (halo)alkyl-C(=0)-, CM (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, CM (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, CM (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, C (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, Ci_4 alkylthio, C1-4 alkylamino and Ci_4 dialkylamino.
In one aspect the present inventions provides for compounds of Formula I:
Figure imgf000006_0001
or salts thereof wherein
R1, R2 and R3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
X1 is N or C-R4, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -Br, I, -(L^o-i-Ci-e alkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e haloalkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e heteroalkyl, -(L2)o-i-C3_8 cycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-6-10 membered aryl, -(L2)o-i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein L1 is selected from the group consisting of-O-, -N(H)-, -S-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, =0, and L2 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -N(H)-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, -S-, =0, Ci-4 alkylene, Ci_4 alkenylene, Ci_4 alkynylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, C1-4 aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene and Ci_4 heteroalkylene, and wherein R4 is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with RR4 substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3-5 membered cycloalkyl, 3-5 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, Ci_6 alkylamino, Ci_6 dialkylamino, Ci_6 alkylthio, =0, -NH2, -CN, -NO2 and -SF5;
X2 is N or CH; A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 dialkylamino,
3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 -5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -NO2, -SF5, Ci_8 alkyl, Ci_8 haloalkyl, Ci_8 heteroalkyl, -(LA)0-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)o_1-C6 aryl, -(L )o_i-NR R , -(L )o_i-OR , -(L )o_i-SR ,
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=Y1)ORRlc, -(LA)o-i-OC(=0)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)N(RRla)(RRlb), -(LA)0-i-C(=O)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)RRlb, -(LA)o-i-C(=0)ORRla, -(LA)0-i-0C(O)RRla,
-(LA)0-1-P(=O)(ORRla)(ORRlb), -(LA)0-i-S(O)i-2RRlc, -(LA)0-1-S(O)1_2N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)S(0)1_2N(RRla)(RRlb) and -(LA)0-i-N(RRla)S(O)1_2(RRlc), wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of C alkylene, C1-4 heteroalkylene, C alkoxylene, CM aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene, C2-4 alkenylene, and C2-4 alkynylene; wherein RRla and RRlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RA is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with R1^ substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -NO2, =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, d-4 haloalkyl, CM alkoxy, d-4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-S(0)o-2-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(0)o-2-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-,
(halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, CM (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, d_4 alkylthio, d_4 alkylamino and Ci_4 dialkylamino; and
Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci_8 alkyl, Ci_8 haloalkyl, Ci_8 heteroalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LCy)0-i -phenyl, -(LCy)0-i-NRRCaRRCb, -(LCy)0-i-ORRCa,
-(LCy)o-i-SRRCa, -(LCy)0-1-N(RRCa)C(=Y1)ORRCc, -(LCy)0-i-OC(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)0_1-N(RRCa)C(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)0_1-C(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)C(=0)RRCb, -(LCy)o-i-C(=0)ORRCa, -(LCy)0-i-OC(=O)RRCa,
-(LCy)0-1-P(=O)(ORRCa)(ORRCb), -(LCy)0-1-S(O)1_2RRCc, -(LCy)0-1-S(O)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)S(O)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb) and -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)S(O)1_2(RRCc), wherein LCy is selected from the group consisting of CM alkylene, C heteroalkylene, CM alkoxylene, d-4 aminoalkylene, d_4 thioalkylene, -4 alkenylene, and d-4 alkynylene; wherein RRCa and RRCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci_8 alkyl, Ci_8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RCy is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with from 1 to 5 RRCy substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, CM haloalkyl, d_4 alkoxy, d_4
(halo)alkyl-C(O)-, Ci-4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, C (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, C1 -4
(halo)alkyl-S(0)o-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, C1 -4 alkylthio, Ci_4 alkylamino and Ci^ dialkylamino.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, either A or Cy is a polycyclic carbocycle or polycyclic heterocycle.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, either A or Cy is a bridged bicyclic carbocycle or bridged bicyclic heterocycle. In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, either A or Cy is a C-linked carbocycle or C-linked heterocycle.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, X1 is N.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, X1 is C-R4.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, X2 is N.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, X2 is C(H).
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, R4 is selected from the group consisting of-F, -CI, -CN,
2 2 1
-(L )o-i- _8 cycloalkyl, -(L )o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L )o-i-Ci_6 alkyl, -(L^o^-C^ haloalkyl, -(L^o^-Ci-eheteroalkyl, -(L2)o_i-6-10membered aryl and -(L2)0_i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, R4 is selected from the group consisting of-F, -CI, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, -(0)-C3-8 cycloalkyl, -(0)-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(0)-Ci_6 alkyl and -(0)-Ci_6 haloalkyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, R4 is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, monofluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentoxy, methyl, monofluoromethyl difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other
4 2
embodiment of Formula I-I, R is selected from the group consisting of (L )o-i-phenyl, -(L2)o-i-pyridyl, -(L2)0-i-pyrimidinyl, -(L2)0-i-pyrazmy -(L2)0-i-pyridazinyl, -(L2)o-i-pyrrolyl, -(L2)o-i-pyrazolyl, -(L2)o-i-imidazolyl, -(L2)o-i-thienyl, -(L2)o-i-thiazolyl and
-(L2)o_i-thiadiazolyl, -(L2)0_i-triazoloyl, -(L2)0_i-oxazolyl, -(L2)0_i-oxadiazolyl,
-(L2)o-i-furanyl and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, R4 is selected from the group consisting of -(L2)o-i-phenyl and -(L )o-i-pyridinyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, R4 is -OC(H)(CH3)-phenyl wherein said phenyl ring is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, R1, R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, CN, hydrogen, CM alkyl and C1-4 haloalkyl.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, R1, R2 and R3 are each hydrogen. In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, A and Cy are independently selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane,
3,6-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
2,7-diazaspiro[3.5]nonane, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,5-diazaspiro[3.4]octane, 6-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, morpholine, hexahydro-2H-furo[3,2-c]pyrrole,
2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane,
2-aza-tricyclo[3.3.1.1 -3,7]decane, 2-azabicyclo[2.1. l]hexane, 9-azabicyclo[4.2. l]nonane, 9-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, cyclobutane, cyclopropane, cyclopentane,
2-Thia-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane 2,2-dioxide, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
tetrahydro-2H-pyran, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane and 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, A is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3,6-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,7-diazaspiro[3.5]nonane,
octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,5-diazaspiro[3.4]octane, 6-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, morpholine,
hexahydro-2H-furo[3,2-c]pyrrole and 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, A is selected from the group consisting of
2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, A is selected from the group consisting of
(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (l S,5R)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
3 -oxabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane, ( 1 R,5 S)-3 -oxabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane,
(l S,5R)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (lS,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane and
(lR,4R)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, and is optionally substituted. In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, A is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
Figure imgf000011_0001
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, Cy is selected from the group consisting of
2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane, piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine,
2- aza-tricyclo[3.3.1.1-3,7]decane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
3- azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 9-azabicyclo[4.2.1 ]nonane, 9-azabicyclo[3.3.1 ]nonane, cyclobutane,
2-Thia-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane 2,2-dioxide, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
tetrahydro-2H-pyran, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, Cy is selected from the group consisting of azetidine, (l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (l S,5R)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
3 -oxabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane, ( 1 R,5 S)-3 -oxabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane,
(l S,5R)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (lS,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane and
(lR,4R)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, Cy is a 3-12 membered carbocycle or a C-linked 3-12 membered heterocycle and X2 is C(H).
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other
Figure imgf000011_0002
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, A is Ci_6 alkyl or Ci_6 dialkylamino, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, A is methyl or ethyl. In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, Cy is Ci_6 alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, A is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, Ci-s hetero alkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)o-i-C6 aryl, wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of-C(O)-, -C(0)CH2-,-OCH2-, -CH20-, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2OCH2-, -N(H)CH2-, -N(C1-3 alkyl)CH2-, CH2N(H)-, -CH2N(d_3 alkyl)-; wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of propane, butane, pentane and hexane; wherein said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, oxepane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and azepane; wherein said 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, trizole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine; wherein said aryl is phenyl; and wherein RA is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 R1^ substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, CM haloalkyl, CM alkoxy, d_4
(halo)alkyl-C(O)-, C1_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, C (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4
(halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, C alkylthio, Ci_4 alkylamino and Ci^ dialkylamino.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, Cy is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, Ci-s hetero alkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LCy)o-i-C6 aryl, wherein LCy is selected from the group consisting of-C(O)-, -C(0)CH2-,-OCH2-, -CH20-, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2OCH2-, -N(H)CH2-, -N(d_3 alkyl)CH2-, CH2N(H)-, -CH2N(d_3 alkyl)-; wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of propane, butane, pentane and hexane; wherein said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, oxepane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and azepane; wherein said 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, trizole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine; wherein said aryl is phenyl; and wherein RCy is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 RRCy substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, CM haloalkyl, CM alkoxy, d_4
(halo)alkyl-C(O)-, C1_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, C (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4
(halo)alkyl-S(0)o-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-,
C1-4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, C1-4 alkylthio, Ci_4 alkylamino and C1-4 dialkylamino.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, Cy is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, CN, OH, 2,3-difluorophen-l-yl-C(=0)-,
4-fluorophen-l-yl-C(=0)-, 3-fluorophen-l-yl-C(=0)-, 3,5-difluorophen-l-yl-C(=0)-, 3-fluoro-4-methyl-phen-l-yl-C(=0)-, 2,5-difluorophen-l-yl-C(=0)-, oxetane, oxetan-3-yl, thiazole, thiazol-2-yl, -CH3CH2C(=0)-, CH3C(=0)-, CF3CH2-, (HO)C(CH3)2CH2-, CH3OCH2CH2-, CH30C(CH3)2C(O)-, CH3OCH2C(=0)-, isopropyl, ethyl and methyl.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, A is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, CN, CH30-, CH3, cyclopropylmethyl, CF3 and butyl. In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
Figure imgf000014_0001
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
Figure imgf000014_0002
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I, said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein R y if present replaces a hydrogen atom attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom of the Cy ring.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I or as a sub-embodiment of any other embodiment of Formula I-I:
R1, R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, CN, hydrogen, C alkyl and Ci_4 haloalkyl;
X1 is C-R4;
X2 is N or CH; R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -CN, -(L2)0_i-C3_8 cycloalkyl,
-(L2)o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e alkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci^ haloalkyl,
1 2 2
-(L )o-i-Ci_6 heteroalkyl, -(L )o-i-6-10 membered aryl and -(L )o_i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted, such as by from 1 to 5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci_8 alkyl, Ci_8 haloalkyl, Ci_8 heteroalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)o-i-C6 aryl, wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -C(0)CH2-,-OCH2-, -CH20-, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2OCH2-, -N(H)CH2-, -N(C1-3 alkyl)CH2-, CH2N(H)-, -CH2N(d_3 alkyl)-; wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of propane, butane, pentane and hexane; wherein said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, oxepane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and azepane; wherein said 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, trizole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine; wherein said aryl is phenyl; and wherein RA is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 R1^ substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, d_4 alkyl, Ci_4 haloalkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, Ci_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)-, Ci_4 (halo)alkyl-S(0)o-2-, Ci_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(0)o-2-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, Ci-4 alkylthio, C alkylamino and Ci-4 dialkylamino; and
A and Cy are independently selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane,
3.6- diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
2.7- diazaspiro[3.5]nonane, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,5-diazaspiro[3.4]octane, 6-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, morpholine, hexahydro-2H-furo[3,2-c]pyrrole,
2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane,
2-aza-tricyclo[3.3.1.1 -3,7]decane, 2-azabicyclo[2.1. l]hexane, 9-azabicyclo[4.2. l]nonane, 9-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, cyclobutane, cyclopropane, cyclopentane,
2-Thia-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane 2,2-dioxide, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
tetrahydro-2H-pyran, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane and 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, and is optionally substituted, such as by from 1 to 5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci_8 alkyl, Ci_8 haloalkyl, Ci_8 heteroalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)o-i-C6 aryl, wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -C(0)CH2-,-OCH2-, -CH20-, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2OCH2-, -N(H)CH2-, -N(C1-3 alkyl)CH2-, CH2N(H)-, -CH2N(d_3 alkyl)-; wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of propane, butane, pentane and hexane; wherein said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, oxepane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and azepane; wherein said 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, trizole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine; wherein said aryl is phenyl; and wherein RA is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, Ci-4 alkyl, Ci_4 haloalkyl, Ci_4 alkoxy, Ci_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)-, Ci_4 (halo)alkyl-S(0)o-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, CM (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, Ci_4 alkylthio, C1-4 alkylamino and Ci_4 dialkylamino.
In one embodiment of Formula I-I or Formula I, the compound is selected from the group as set forth in Table 1. In another aspect, the present invention provides for compositions comprising a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I as defined above, or any embodiment thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
In another aspect, the present invention provides for a method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system (CNS) neuron or a portion thereof, the method comprising administering to the CNS neuron a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I. In certain embodiments, said administering to the CNS neuron is performed in vitro. In other embodiments, the method further comprises grafting or implanting the CNS neuron into a human patient after administration of the agent. In other embodiment, said CNS neuron is present in a human patient. In other embodiments, said administering to the CNS neuron comprises administration of said compound of Formula I-I or Formula I in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. In another embodiment said administering to the CNS neuron is carried out by an administration route selected from the group consisting of parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intralesional, intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial interstitial infusion and implanted delivery device. In another embodiment, said method further comprises administering one or more additional pharmaceutical agents. In another embodiment, said administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I results in a decrease in JNK phosphorylation, JNK activity and/or JNK expression. In another embodiment, the administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I results in a decrease of cJun phosphorylation, cJun activity, and/or cJun expression. In another embodiment, the administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I results in a decrease in p38 phosphorylation, p38 activity, and/or p38 expression. In another embodiments, the administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I inhibits DLK activity. In some embodiments, DLK is inhibited by or at least by or at most by 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99% or more, or 100%. In another aspect, the present invention provides for a method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system (CNS) neuron in a patient having or at risk of developing a neurodegenerative disease or condition comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another aspect, the present invention provides for a method for decreasing or preventing one or more symptoms of a neurodegenerative disease or condition in a patient suffering therefrom comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another aspect, the present invention provides for a method for decreasing the progression of a neurodegenerative disease or condition in a patient suffering therefrom comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, said neurodegenerative disease of condition is selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease,
Parkinson' s-plus diseases, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), ischemia, stroke, intracranial hemorrhage, cerebral hemorrhage, trigeminal neuralgia, glossopharyngeal neuralgia, Bell's Palsy, myasthenia gravis, muscular dystrophy, progressive muscular atrophy, primary lateral sclerosis (PLS), pseudobulbar palsy, progressive bulbar palsy, spinal muscular atrophy, inherited muscular atrophy, invertebrate disk syndromes, cervical spondylosis, plexus disorders, thoracic outlet destruction syndromes, peripheral neuropathies, prophyria, multiple system atrophy, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, dementia with Lewy bodies, frontotemporal dementia, demyelinating diseases,
Guillain-Barre syndrome, multiple sclerosis, Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, prion disease, Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS), fatal familial insomnia (FFI), bovine spongiform encephalopathy, Pick's disease, epilepsy, AIDS demential complex, nerve damage caused by exposure to toxic compounds selected from the group consisting of heavy metals, industrial solvents, drugs and chemotherapeutic agents; injury to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical or chemical trauma, glaucoma, lattice dystrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), photoreceptor degeneration associated with wet or dry AMD, other retinal degeneration, optic nerve drusen, optic neuropthy and optic neuritis. In certain embodiment, said neurodegenerative disease of condition in a patient is selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), In certain embodiment, said the compound of Formula I-I or Formula I is administered in combination with one or more additional pharmaceutical agents. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
A. Definitions
As used herein, the term "alkyl", by itself or as part of another substituent, means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical, having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., Ci_s means one to eight carbons). Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and the like. The term "alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated alkyl radical having one or more double bonds. Similarly, the term "alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated alkyl radical having one or more triple bonds. Examples of such unsaturated alkyl groups include linear and branched groups including vinyl, 2-propenyl, crotyl,
2- isopentenyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(l,4-pentadienyl), ethynyl, 1- and
3- propynyl, 3-butynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. The term "cycloalkyl," "carbocyclic," or "carbocycle" refers to hydrocarbon ring system having specified overall number of ring atoms (e.g., 3 to 12 ring atoms in a 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl or C3-i2 cycloalkyl) and being fully saturated or having no more than one double bond between ring vertices for a 3-5 membered cycloalkyl and being saturated or having no more than two double bonds between ring vertices for 6 or larger membered cycloalkyl. The monocyclic or polycyclic ring may be optionally substituted with one or more oxo groups. As used herein, "cycloalkyl," "carbocyclic," or "carbocycle" is also meant to refer to polycyclic (including fused and bridged bicyclic, fused and bridged polyclic and spirocyclic) hydrocarbon ring system such as, for example, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, pinane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, adamantane, norborene, spirocyclic C5_i2 alkane, etc. As used herein, the terms, "alkenyl," "alkynyl," "cycloalkyl,", "carbocycle," and "carbocyclic," are meant to include mono and polyhalogenated variants thereof. The term "heteroalkyl," by itself or in combination with another term, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical, consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and from one to three heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, Si and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms can optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom can optionally be quatemized. The heteroatom(s) O, N and S can be placed at any interior position of the heteroalkyl group. The heteroatom Si can be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including the position at which the alkyl group is attached to the remainder of the molecule. A "heteroalkyl" can contain up to three units of unsaturation, and also include mono- and poly-halogenated variants, or combinations thereof. Examples include -CH2-CH2-0-CH3, -CH2-CH2-0-CF3, -CH2-CH2-NH-CH3, -CH2-CH2-N(CH3)-CH3 , -CH2-S-CH2-CH3, -S(0)-CH3, -CH2-CH2-S(0)2-CH3, -CH=CH-0-CH3, -Si(CH3)3, -CH2- CH=N-OCH3, and -CH=CH=N(CH3)-CH3. Up to two heteroatoms can be consecutive, such as, for example, -CH2-NH-OCH3 and -CH2-0-Si(CH3)3. The term "heterocycloalkyl," "heterocyclic," or "heterocycle" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated ring system radical having from the indicated number of overall number of stated ring atoms and containing from one to five heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized, as ring atoms (e.g., a 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl that would have 3 to 12 ring atoms and include at least one heteroatom, which also could be referred to as a C2_ii heterocycloalkyl). Unless otherwise stated, a "heterocycloalkyl," "heterocyclic," or "heterocycle" ring system can be a monocyclic or a fused, bridged, or spirocyclic polycyclic (including a fused bicyclic, bridged bicyclic or spirocyclic) ring system. The monocyclic or polycyclic ring may be optionally substituted with one or more oxo groups. A
"heterocycloalkyl," "heterocyclic," or "heterocycle" group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through one or more ring carbons or heteroatoms. Non limiting examples of "heterocycloalkyl," "heterocyclic," or "heterocycle" rings include pyrrolidine, piperidine, N-methylpiperidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, butyrolactam, valerolactam,
imidazolidinone, hydantoin, dioxolane, phthalimide, piperidine,
pyrimidine-2,4(lH,3H)-dione, 1 ,4-dioxane, morpholine, thiomorpholine,
thiomorpholine-S-oxide, thiomorpholine-S,S-oxide, piperazine, pyran, pyridone,
3-pyrroline, thiopyran, pyrone, tetrahydrofuran, tetrhydrothiophene, quinuclidine, tropane, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, (lR,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octane,
(l s,4s)-2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, (lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane and the like. A "heterocycloalkyl," "heterocyclic," or "heterocycle" can include mono- and poly-halogenated variants thereof.
The term "alkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical derived from an alkane, as exemplified by -CH2CH2CH2CH2-, and can be branched.
Typically, an alkyl (or alkylene) group will have from 1 to 24 carbon atoms, with those groups having 10 or fewer carbon atoms being preferred in the present invention.
"Alkenylene" and "alkynylene" refer to the unsaturated forms of "alkylene" having double or triple bonds, respectively. "Alkylene", "alkenylene" and "alkynylene" are also meant to include mono and poly-halogenated variants. The term "heteroalkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical, saturated or unsaturated or polyunsaturated, derived from heteroalkyl, as exemplified
by -CH2-CH2-S-CH2CH2- and -CH2-S-CH2-CH2-NH-CH2-, -CH2-CH=C(H)CH2-0-CH2- a nd -S-CH2-C≡C-. The term "heteroalkylene" is also meant to include mono and poly-halogenated variants.
The term "alkoxylene" and "aminoalkylene" and "thioalkylene" by itself or as part of another substituent means a divalent radical, saturated or unsaturated or polyunsaturated, derived from alkoxy, alkylamino and alkylthio, respectively, as exemplified by
-OCH2CH2-, -0-CH2-CH=CH-, -N(H)CH2C(H)(CH3)CH2- and -S-CH2-C≡C-. The term "alkoxylene" and "aminoalkylene" and "thioalkylene" are meant to include mono and poly halogenated variants
The terms "alkoxy," "alkylamino" and "alkylthio", are used in their conventional sense, and refer to those alkyl groups attached to the remainder of the molecule via an oxygen atom ("oxy"), an amino group ("amino") or thio group, and further include mono- and poly-halogenated variants thereof. Additionally, for dialkylamino groups, the alkyl portions can be the same or different.
The terms "halo" or "halogen," by themselves or as part of another substituent, mean, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom. Additionally, terms such as "haloalkyl," are meant to include monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl. For example, the term "Ci_4 haloalkyl" is mean to include trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 4-chlorobutyl, 3-bromopropyl, difluoromethyl, and the like. The term "(halo)alkyl" as used herein inludes optionally halogenated alkyl. Thus the term "(halo)alkyl" includes both alkyl and haloalkyl (e.g., monohaloalkyl and polyhaloalkyl). The term "aryl" means, unless otherwise stated, a polyunsaturated, typically aromatic, hydrocarbon ring, which can be a single ring or multiple rings (up to three rings) which are fused together. The term "heteroaryl" refers to aryl ring(s) that contain from one to five heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms are optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quaternized. A heteroaryl group can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom. Non- limiting examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl and biphenyl, while non- limiting examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimindinyl, triazinyl, quinolinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalaziniyl, benzotriazinyl, purinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, isobenzofuryl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzotriazinyl, thienopyridinyl, thienopyrimidinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, imidazopyridines, benzothiaxolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, indazolyl, pteridinyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, furyl, thienyl and the like. Optional substituents for each of the above noted aryl and heteroaryl ring systems can be selected from the group of acceptable substituents described further below.
The above terms (e.g., "alkyl," "aryl" and "heteroaryl"), in some embodiments, will include both substituted and unsubstituted forms of the indicated radical. Preferred substituents for each type of radical are provided below.
Substituents for the alkyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl and cycloalkyl) can be a variety of groups including,but not limited to, -halogen,
=0, -OR', -NR'R", -SR, -SiRR'R", -OC(0)R, -C(0)R, -C02R, -CONR'R", -OC(0)NRR" , -NR"C(0)R, -NR"C(0)NRR", -NR"C(0)2R, -NHC(NH2)=NH, -NRC(NH2)=NH, -NHC (NH2)=NR, -NR"'C(NR'R")=N-CN, -NR"C(NRR")=NOR, -NHC(NH2)=NR,-S(0)R, -S( 0)2R, -S(0)2NRR", -NRS(0)2R", -NR"S(0)2NRR", -CN, -N02, -(CH2)1.4-OR, -(α¼)1-4- NR'R", -(CH2)1.4-SR, -(CH2)1.4-SiRR"R", -(CH2)1.4-OC(0)R, -(CH2)1.4-C(0)R, -(CH2) - C02R', -(CH2)i_4CONR'R", in a number ranging from zero to (2m'+l), where m' is the total number of carbon atoms in such radical. R, R" and R'" each independently refer groups including, for example, hydrogen, unsubstituted Ci_6 alkyl, unsubstituted heteroalkyl, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with 1-3 halogens, unsubstituted Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy or Ci-6 thioalkoxy groups, or unsubstituted aryl-Ci_4 alkyl groups, unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, among others. When R and R" are attached to the same nitrogen atom, they can be combined with the nitrogen atom to form a 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring. For example, -NR'R" is meant to include 1 -pyrrolidinyl and 4-morpholinyl. Other substitutents for alkyl radicals, including heteroalkyl, alkylene, include for example, =0, =NR', =N-OR', =N-CN, =NH, wherein R include substituents as described above. When a substituent for the alkyl radicals (including those groups often referred to as alkylene, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl and cycloalkyl) contains an alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene linker
(e.g., -(CH2)i^-NR'R" for alkylene), the alkylene linker includes halo variants as well. For example, the linker "-(CH2)i_4-" when used as part of a substituent is meant to include difluoromethylene, 1,2-difluoroethylene, etc. Similarly, substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl groups are varied and are generally selected from the group including, but not limited to,
-halogen, -OR', -OC(0)R', -NR'R", -SR, -R, -CN, -N02, -C02R, -CONRR", -C(0)R, -OC (O)NRR', -NR"C(0)R, -NR"C(0)2R, -NRC(0)NR"R", -NHC(NH2)=NH, -NRC(NH2)= NH, -NHC(NH2)=NR, -S(0)R, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2NRR", -NRS(0)2R", -N3, perfluoro-C1_4 alkoxy, and perfluoro-Ci_4
alkyl, -(CH2)!_4-OR, -(CH^M-NRR", -(CH^M-SR, -(CH^M-SiRR'R", -(CH2)M-OC(0) R, -(CH2)1_4-C(0)R, -(CH2)M-C02R, -(CH^MCONRR", in a number ranging from zero to the total number of open valences on the aromatic ring system; and where R', R" and R'" are independently selected from hydrogen, Ci-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, unsubstituted aryl and heteroaryl, (unsubstituted aryl)-Ci_4 alkyl, and unsubstituted aryloxy-Ci-4 alkyl. Other suitable substituents include each of the above aryl substituents attached to a ring atom by an alkylene tether of from 1-4 carbon atoms. When a substituent for the aryl or heteroaryl group contains an alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene linker (e.g., -(CH2)i^-NR'R" for alkylene), the alkylene linker includes halo variants as well. For example, the linker "-(CH2)i_4-" when used as part of a substituent is meant to include difluoromethylene, 1,2-difluoroethylene, etc.
As used herein, the term "heteroatom" is meant to include oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), sulfur (S) and silicon (Si). As used herein, the term "C-linked" means that the group that the term describes is attached the remainder of the molecule through a ring carbon atom.
As used herein, the term "N-linked" means that the group that the term describes is attached to the remainder of the molecule through a ring nitrogen atom.
As used herein, the term "chiral" refers to molecules which have the property of non-superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term "achiral" refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner.
As used herein, the term "stereoisomers" refers to compounds which have identical chemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space. As used herein a wavy line " ·~>~ " that intersects a bond in a chemical structure fragment indicates the point of attachment of the bond to which the wavy bond intersects in the chemical structure fragment to the remainder of a molecule or structural formula.
As used herein, the representation of a group (e.g., Xd) in parenthesis followed by a subscript integer range (e.g., (Xd)o-2) means that the group can have the number of occurrences as designated by the integer range. For example, (Xd)o-i means the group Xd can be absent or can occur one time.
"Diastereomer" refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers can separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography.
"Enantiomers" refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which are
non-superimposable mirror images of one another. Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow S. P. Parker,
Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., "Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds", John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1994. The compounds of the invention can contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the invention, including but not limited to, diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof such as racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L, or R and S, are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and 1 or (+) and (-) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (-) or 1 meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer can also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which can occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process. The terms "racemic mixture" and "racemate" refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
As used herein, the term "tautomer" or "tautomeric form" refers to structural isomers of different energies which are interconvertible via a low energy barrier. For example, proton tautomers (also known as prototropic tautomers) include interconversions via migration of a proton, such as keto-enol and imine-enamine isomerizations. Valence tautomers include interconversions by reorganization of some of the bonding electrons.
In the structures shown herein, where the stereochemistry of any particular chiral atom is not specified, then all stereoisomers are contemplated and included as the compounds of the invention. Where stereochemistry is specified by a solid wedge or dashed line representing a particular configuration, then that stereoisomer is so specified and defined. Unless otherwise specified, if solid wedges or dashed lines are used, relative stereochemistry is intended.
As used herein, the term "solvate" refers to an association or complex of one or more solvent molecules and a compound of the invention. Examples of solvents that form solvates include, but are not limited to, water, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, and ethanolamine. The term "hydrate" refers to the complex where the solvent molecule is water.
As used herein, the term "protecting group" refers to a substituent that is commonly employed to block or protect a particular functional group on a compound. For example, an "amino-protecting group" is a substituent attached to an amino group that blocks or protects the amino functionality in the compound. Suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ) and
9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). Similarly, a "hydroxy-protecting group" refers to a substituent of a hydroxy group that blocks or protects the hydroxy functionality. Suitable protecting groups include acetyl and silyl. A "carboxy-protecting group" refers to a substituent of the carboxy group that blocks or protects the carboxy functionality. Common carboxy-protecting groups include phenylsulfonylethyl, cyanoethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl, 2-(p-nitrophenylsulfenyl)ethyl, 2-(diphenylphosphino)-ethyl, nitroethyl and the like. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see P.G.M. Wuts and T.W. Greene, Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 4th edition, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 2006. As used herein, the term "mammal" includes, but is not limited to, humans, mice, rats, guinea pigs, monkeys, dogs, cats, horses, cows, pigs, and sheep.
As used herein, the term "salts" is meant to include salts of the active compounds which are prepared with relatively nontoxic acids or bases (e.g., those salts that are pharmaceutically acceptable), depending on the particular substituents found on the compounds described herein. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively acidic functionalities, base addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of salts derived from pharmaceutically- acceptable inorganic bases include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric, ferrous, lithium, magnesium, manganic, manganous, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like. Salts derived from
pharmaceutically-acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, including substituted amines, cyclic amines, naturally-occurring amines and the like, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, Ν,Ν'-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamine, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine,
N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, glucamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methylglucamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resins, procaine, purines, theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine and the like. When compounds of the present invention contain relatively basic functionalities, acid addition salts can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of such compounds with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either neat or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids like hydrochloric, hydrobromic, nitric, carbonic,
monohydrogencarbonic, phosphoric, monohydrogenphosphoric, dihydrogenphosphoric, sulfuric, monohydrogensulfuric, hydriodic, or phosphorous acids and the like, as well as the salts derived from relatively nontoxic organic acids like acetic, propionic, isobutyric, malonic, benzoic, succinic, suberic, fumaric, mandelic, phthalic, benzenesulfonic, p-tolylsulfonic, citric, tartaric, methanesulfonic, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginate and the like, and salts of organic acids like glucuronic or galactunoric acids and the like (see, for example, Berge, S. M., et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts", Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 1977, 66, 1-19). Certain specific compounds of the present invention contain both basic and acidic functionalities that allow the compounds to be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
The neutral forms of the compounds can be regenerated by contacting the salt with a base or acid and isolating the parent compound in the conventional manner. The parent form of the compound differs from the various salt forms in certain physical properties, such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to the parent form of the compound for the purposes of the present invention.
In addition to salt forms, the present invention provides compounds which are in a prodrug form. As used herein the term "prodrug" refers to those compounds that readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to provide the compounds of the present invention. Additionally, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the present invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, prodrugs can be slowly converted to the compounds of the present invention when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir with a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent. Prodrugs of the invention include compounds wherein an amino acid residue, or a polypeptide chain of two or more (e.g., two, three or four) amino acid residues, is covalently joined through an amide or ester bond to a free amino, hydroxy or carboxylic acid group of a compound of the present invention. The amino acid residues include but are not limited to the 20 naturally occurring amino acids commonly designated by three letter symbols and also includes phosphoserine, phosphothreonine, phosphotyrosine, 4-hydroxyproline, hydroxylysine, demosine, isodemosine, gamma-carboxyglutamate, hippuric acid, octahydroindole-2-carboxylic acid, statine, 1, 2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinoline-3 -carboxylic acid, penicillamine, ornithine, 3-methylhistidine, norvaline, beta-alanine, gamma-aminobutyric acid, citrulline, homocysteine, homoserine, methyl- alanine, para-benzoylphenylalanine, phenylglycine, propargylglycine, sarcosine, methionine sulfone and tert-butylglycine.
Additional types of prodrugs are also encompassed. For instance, a free carboxyl group of a compound of the invention can be derivatized as an amide or alkyl ester. As another example, compounds of this invention comprising free hydroxy groups can be derivatized as prodrugs by converting the hydroxy group into a group such as, but not limited to, a phosphate ester, hemisuccinate, dimethylaminoacetate, or
phosphoryloxymethyloxycarbonyl group, as outlined in Fleisher, D. et al., (1996) Improved oral drug delivery: solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 19: 115. Carbamate prodrugs of hydroxy and amino groups are also included, as are carbonate prodrugs, sulfonate esters and sulfate esters of hydroxy groups. Derivatization of hydroxy groups as (acyloxy)methyl and (acyloxy)ethyl ethers, wherein the acyl group can be an alkyl ester optionally substituted with groups including, but not limited to, ether, amine and carboxylic acid functionalities, or where the acyl group is an amino acid ester as described above, are also encompassed. Prodrugs of this type are described in J. Med. Chem., (1996), 39: 10. More specific examples include replacement ofthe hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as (Ci_6)alkanoyloxymethyl, l-((Ci_6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1 -methyl- l-((Ci_6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (Ci_6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl,
N-(Ci_6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (Ci_6)alkanoyl, alpha-amino(Ci_4)alkanoyl, arylacyl and alpha-aminoacyl, or alpha-aminoacyl-alpha-aminoacyl, where each
alpha-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(0)(OH)2, -P(0)(0(Ci_6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate).
For additional examples of prodrug derivatives, see, for example, a) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985) and Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 42, p. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, et al. (Academic Press, 1985); b) A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Chapter 5 "Design and Application of Prodrugs," by H. Bundgaard p. 113-191 (1991); c) H. Bundgaard, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 8:1-38 (1992); d) H. Bundgaard, et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77:285 (1988); and e) N. Kakeya, et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 32:692 (1984), each of which is specifically incorporated herein by reference.
Additionally, the present invention provides for metabolites of compounds of the invention. As used herein, a "metabolite" refers to a product produced through metabolism in the body of a specified compound or salt thereof. Such products can result for example from the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, deamidation, esterification, deesterification, enzymatic cleavage, and the like, of the administered compound.
Metabolite products typically are identified by preparing a radiolabeled (e.g., 14C or H) isotope of a compound of the invention, administering it parenterally in a detectable dose (e.g., greater than about 0.5 mg/kg) to an animal such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to man, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur (typically about 30 seconds to 30 hours) and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples. These products are easily isolated since they are labeled (others are isolated by the use of antibodies capable of binding epitopes surviving in the metabolite). The metabolite structures are determined in conventional fashion, e.g., by MS, LC/MS or NMR analysis. In general, analysis of metabolites is done in the same way as conventional drug metabolism studies well known to those skilled in the art. The metabolite products, so long as they are not otherwise found in vivo, are useful in diagnostic assays for therapeutic dosing of the compounds of the invention. Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to unsolvated forms and are intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Certain compounds of the present invention can exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated by the present invention and are intended to be within the scope of the present invention.
Certain compounds of the present invention possess asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; the racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers, regioisomers and individual isomers (e.g., separate enantiomers) are all intended to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
The compounds of the present invention can also contain unnatural proportions of atomic isotopes at one or more of the atoms that constitute such compounds. For example, the present invention also embraces isotopically-labeled variants of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, bur the for the fact that one or more atoms are replace by an atom having the atomic mass or mass number different from the predominant atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature for the atom. All isotopes of any particular atom or element as specified are contemplated within the scope of the compounds of the invention, and their uses. Exemplary isotopes that can be incorporated in to compounds of the invention include istopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine and iodine, such as 2H ("D"), ¾, nC, 13C, 14C, 13N, 15N, 150, 170, 180, 32P, 33P, 35S, 18F, 36C1, 123I and 125I. Certain isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention (e.g., those labeled with 3H or 14C) are useful in compound and /or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (3H) and carbon-14 (14C) isotopes are usefule for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further substituteion with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resuting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Positron emitting isotopes such as 115J0, 113JN, 1 "1C, and 1180F are useful for positron emission tomography (PET) studies to examine substrate receptor occupancy. Isotopically labeled compounds of the present inventions can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and or in the Examples herein below, by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
The terms "treat" and "treatment" refer to both therapeutic treatment and or prophylactic treatment or preventative measures, wherein the object is to prevent or slow down (lessen) an undesired physiological change or disorder, such as, for example, the development or spread of cancer. For purposes of this invention, beneficial or desired clinical results include, but are not limited to, alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of extent of disease or disorder, stabilized (i.e., not worsening) state of disease or disorder, delay or slowing of disease progression, amelioration or palliation of the disease state or disorder, and remission (whether partial or total), whether detectable or undetectable.
"Treatment" can also mean prolonging survival as compared to expected survival if not receiving treatment. Those in need of treatment include those already with the disease or disorder as well as those prone to have the disease or disorder or those in which the disease or disorder is to be prevented.
The phrase "therapeutically effective amount" means an amount of a compound of the present invention that (i) treats or prevents the particular disease, condition, or disorder, (ii) attenuates, ameliorates, or eliminates one or more symptoms of the particular disease, condition, or disorder, or (iii) prevents or delays the onset of one or more symptoms of the particular disease, condition, or disorder described herein. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount is an amount of a chemical entity described herein sufficient to significantly decrease or delay neuronal cell death.
The term "administering" as used herein refers to contacting a neuron or portion therof with a compound described herein. This includes administration of the compound to a subject (e.g., a patient, mammal) in which the neuron or portion therof is present, as well as introducing the inhibitor into a medium in which a neuro or portion thereof is cultured.
The term "patient" as used herein refers to any mammal, including humans, higher non-human primates, rodenst domestic and farm animals such as cow, horses, dogs and cats. In one embodiment, the patient is a human patient.
The term "bioavailability" refers to the systemic availability (i.e., blood/plasma levels) of a given amount of drug administered to a patient. Bioavailability is an absolute term that indicates measurement of both the time (rate) and total amount (extent) of drug that reaches the general circulation from an administered dosage form.
The phrases "preventing axon degeneration," "preventing neuron degeneration," "preventing CNS neuron degeneration," "inhibiting axon degeneration," "inhibiting neuron degeneration" "inhibiting CNS neuron degeneration"as used herein include (i) the ability to inhibit or presenve axon or neuron degeration in patients diagnosed as having a neurodegerative disease or risk of developing a neurodegenerative disease and (ii) the ability to inhibit or prevent further axon or neuron degeneration in patients who are already suffering from, or have symptoms of a neurodegenerative disease. Preventing axon or neuron degeneration includes decreasing or inhbiting axon or neuron degeneration, which may be characterized by complete or partial inhibition or neuron or axon degeneration. This can be assessed, for example, by analysis of neurological function. The above-listed terms also include in vitro and ex vivo methods. Further, the pharases "preventing neuron
degeneration" and "inhibiting neuron degeneration" in clued such inhibiton with respect to the entire neuron or a portion thereof, such as the neuron ell body, axons and dendrites. The administration of one or more agent as described herein may result in at least a 10% decrease (e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or even 100% decrease in one or more symptoms of a disorder of the nervous system, a condition of the nervous system that is secondary to a disease, condition, or therapy having a primary effect outside of the nervous system; an inusry to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical or chemical trauma, pain; and ocular related
neurodegeneration; memory loss; or a psychiatric disorder (e.g., tremors, slowness of movement, ataxia, loss of balance, depressioin, decreased cognitive function, short term memory loss, long term memory loss, confusion, changes in personality, language difficultities, loss of sensory perception, sensitivity to touch, numbness in extremities, muscle weakness, muscle paralysis, muscle cramps , muscle spasms, significant changes in eating habits, excessive fear or worry, insomnia, delusions, hallucinations, fatigue, back pain, chest pain, digestive problems, headache, rapid heart rate, dizziness, blurred vision, shadows or missing areas of vision, metamorphopsia, impairment in color vision, decreased recovery of visual function after exposure to bright light, and loss in visual contrast sensitivity) in a subject or population compared to a control subject or population that does not receive the one or more agent described herein. The administration of one or more agent as described herein may result in at least a 10% decrease (e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or even 100% decrease) in the number of neurons (or neuron bodies, axons, or dendrites thereof) that degenerate in a neuron population or in a subject compared to the number of neurons (or neuron bodies, axons, or dendrites thereof) that degenerate in neuron population or in a subject that is not administered the one or more of the agents described herein. The administration of one or more agent as described herein may result in at least a 10% decrease (e.g., at least 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or even 100% decrease) in the likelihood of developing a disorder of the nervous system; a condition of the nervous system that is secondary to a disease, condition, or therapy having a primary effect outside of the nervous system; an injury to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical, or chemical trauma, pain; an ocular-related neurodegeneration; memory loss; or a psychiatric disorder in a subject or a subject population compared to a control subject or population not treated with the one or more compounds described herein.
The term "neuron" as used herein denotes nervous system cells that include a central cell body or soma, and two types of extensions or projections: dendrites, by which, in general, the majority of neuronal signals are conveyed to the cell body, and axons, by which, in general, the majority of neuronal signals are conveyed from the cell body to effector cells, such as target neurons or muscle. Neurons can convey information from tissues and organs into the central nervous system (afferent or sensory neurons) and transmit signals from the central nervous systems to effector cells (efferent or motor neurons). Other neurons, designated interneurons, connect neurons within the central nervous system (the brain and spinal column). Certain specific examples of neuron types that may be subject to treatment according to the invention include cerebellar granule neurons, dorsal root ganglion neurons, and cortical neurons.
B. Compounds In one aspect the present invention provides for novel compounds.
In a first embodiment (Embodiment 0; abbreviated as "E0"), the present invention provides for compounds of Formula I-I:
Figure imgf000032_0001
or salts thereof wherein
R1, R2 and R3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
X1 is N or C-R4, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -Br, I, (L^o-i-Ci-e alkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e haloalkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e heteroalkyl, -(L2)o-i-C3_s cycloalkyl, (L2)o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-6-10 membered aryl, -(L2)o-i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein L1 is selected from the group consisting of-O, -N(H)-, -S-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, =0, and L2 is selected from the group consisting of-O-, -N(H)-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, -S-, =0, Ci_4 alkylene, Ci_4 alkenylene, Ci_4 alkynylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, C aminoalkylene, Ci-4 thioalkylene and Ci-4 heteroalkylene, and wherein R4 is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with RR4 substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3-5 membered cycloalkyl, 3-5 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, Ci-6 alkylamino, Ci-6 dialkylamino, Ci-6 alkylthio, =0, -NH2, -CN, -N02 and -SF5; or R1 and R4 taken together form a 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl; X2 is N or CH;
A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 dialkylamino, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 -5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)0-i-C6 aryl, -(LA)0-i-NRRlaRRlb, -(LA)0-i-ORRla, -(LA)o_rSRRla, -(LA)o_1-N(RRla)C(=Y1)ORRlc, -(LA)0_1-OC(=O)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)N(RRla)(RRlb), -(LA)0-i-C(=O)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)RRlb, -(LA)o-i-C(=0)ORRla, -(LA)0-i-0C(O)RRla,
-(LA)0-1-P(=O)(ORRla)(ORRlb), -(LA)0-i-S(O)i-2RRlc, -(LA)0-1-S(O)1_2N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)S(0)1_2N(RRla)(RRlb) and -(LA)0-i-N(RRla)S(O)1_2(RRlc), wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkylene, Ci_4 heteroalkylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci-4 aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene, C2_4 alkenylene, and C2_4 alkynylene; wherein RRla and RRlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RA is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with R1^ substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, C1-4 alkyl, CM haloalkyl, CM alkoxy, CM (halo)alkyl-C(O)-, CM
(halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, CM (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, CM (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-,
(halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, CM (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, CM (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, d_4 alkylthio, d_4 alkylamino and Ci_4 dialkylamino; and
Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered
heterocycloalkyl, -(LCy)0_i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LCy)0_i -phenyl,
-(LCy)0-!-NRRCaRRCb, -(LCy)0-!-ORRCa, -(LCy)0-!-SRRCa, -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)C(=Y1)ORRCc, -(LCy)o-i-OC(=0)N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)C(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)o-i-C(=0)N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)C(=0)RRCb, -(LCy)0-i-C(=O)ORRCa, -(LCy)o-i-OC(=0)RRCa, -(LCy)o-i-P(=0)(ORRCa)(ORRCb), -(LCy)0-i-S(O)1_2RRCc,
-(LCy)o-i-S(0)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)S(O)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb) and
-(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)S(0)i-2(RRCc), wherein LCy is selected from the group consisting of C1-4 alkylene, Ci_4 heteroalkylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci_4 aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene, C2_4 alkenylene, and C2_4 alkynylene; wherein RRCa and RRCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RCy is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with from 1 to 5 RRCy substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, -O", =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, Ci-4 haloalkyl, d_4 alkoxy, d_4 alkyl-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(O)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, Ci_4 alkylthio, C1-4 alkylamino and Ci_4 dialkylamino.
In another embodiment of such compounds (Embodiment 1 ; abbreviated as "El") the invention provides for compounds of Formula I:
Figure imgf000034_0001
or salts thereof wherein
R1, R2 and R3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
X1 is N or C-R4, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -Br, I,
1 1 1 2
-(L )o-i-Ci_6 alkyl, -(L )o-i-Ci_6 haloalkyl, -(L )o-i-Ci_6 heteroalkyl, -(L )o-i-C3_s cycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-6-10 membered aryl, -(L2)o-i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein L1 is selected from the group consisting of-O, -N(H)-, -S-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, =0, and L is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -N(H)-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, -S-, =0, Ci_4 alkylene, Ci_4 alkenylene, Ci_4 alkynylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci^ aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene and Ci_4 heteroalkylene, and wherein R4 is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with RR4 substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3-5 membered cycloalkyl, 3-5 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, Ci_6 alkylamino, Ci_6 dialkylamino, Ci_6 alkylthio, =0, -NH2, -CN, -N02 and -SF5;
X2 is N or CH; A is selected from the group consisting of Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, Ci-6 dialkylamino,
3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 -5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, -(LA)0-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)o-!-C6 aryl, -(LA)o-i-NRRlaRRl , -(LA)0-!-ORRla, -(LA)0-!-SRRla,
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=Y1)ORRlc, -(LA)o-i-OC(=0)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)N(RRla)(RRlb), -(LA)0-i-C(=O)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)RRlb, -(LA)o-i-C(=0)ORRla, -(LA)0-i-0C(O)RRla,
-(LA)0_1-P(=O)(ORRla)(ORRlb), -(LA)0-i-S(O)i-2RRlc, -(LA)0_1-S(O)1.2N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)S(0)1_2N(RRla)(RRlb) and -(LA)0-i-N(RRla)S(O)1_2(RRlc), wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkylene, Ci_4 heteroalkylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci-4 aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene, C2_4 alkenylene, and C2_4 alkynylene; wherein RRla and RRlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RA is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with R1^ substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, d_4 alkyl, CM haloalkyl, CM alkoxy, CM (halo)alkyl-C(=0)-, d_4
(halo)alkyl-S(0)o-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-,
(halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, d_4 alkylthio, d_4 alkylamino and Ci_4 dialkylamino; and
Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, C1-8 alkyl, C1-8 haloalkyl, C1-8 heteroalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LCy)0-i -phenyl, -(LCy)0-i-NRRCaRRCb, -(LCy)0-i-ORRCa,
-(LCy)o-i-SRRCa, -(LCy)0-1-N(RRCa)C(=Y1)ORRCc, -(LCy)0-i-OC(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)C(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)0-i-C(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)C(=0)RRCb, -(LCy)0-i-C(=O)ORRCa, -(LCy)0-i-OC(=O)RRCa,
-(LCy)0-1-P(=O)(ORRCa)(ORRCb), -(L^o-!-SCO)!-^00, -(LCy)0-1-S(O)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)S(0)i-2N(RRCa)(RRCb) and -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)S(O)i-2(RRCc), wherein LCy is selected from the group consisting of CM alkylene, Ci_4 heteroalkylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci-4 aminoalkylene, Ci-4 thioalkylene, C2.4 alkenylene, and C2.4 alkynylene; wherein RRCa and RRCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RCy is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with from 1 to 5 RRCy substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, CM haloalkyl, d_4 alkoxy, d_4
(halo)alkyl-C(O)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, C (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4
(halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, C!_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, d_4 alkylthio, Ci_4 alkylamino and C1-4 dialkylamino.
Further embodiments (E) of the first embodiment of compounds of the invention, are described below E2. A compound according to E0 or El , wherein either A or Cy is a polycyclic carbocycle or polycyclic heterocycle.
E3. A compound according to E0, El or E2, wherein X1 is N.
E4. A compound according to E0, El or E2, wherein X1 is C-R4. E5. A compound according to E0, El , E2, E3 or E4, wherein X2 is N.
E6. A compound according to E0, El , E2, E3 or E4, wherein X2 is C(H).
E7. A compound according to E0, El , E2, E4, E5 or E6, wherein R4 is selected
2 2
from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -CN, -(L )o-i-C3_s cycloalkyl, -(L )o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e alkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e haloalkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e heteroalkyl, -(L2)o-i-6-10 membered aryl and -(L2)o-i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
E8. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E4, E5, E6 or E7, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, C3_s cycloalkyl, 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, -(0)-C3_s cycloalkyl, -(0)-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(0)-Ci_6 alkyl and -(0)-Ci_6 haloalkyl, and is optionally substituted.
E9. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E4, E5, E6, E7 or E8, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, monofluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, tnfluoromethoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentoxy, methyl, monofluoromethyl difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl.
E10. A compound according to E0, El , E2, E4, E5, E6 or E7, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of (L2)o-i -phenyl, -(L2)o-i-pyridyl, -(L2)o-i-pyrimidinyl, -(L2)o-i-pyrazinyl, -(L2)0-i-pyridazinyl, -(L2)0-i-pyrrolyl, -(L2)0-i-pyrazolyl,
2 2 2 2
-(L )o-i-imidazolyl, -(L )o-i-tnienyl, -(L )o-i-thiazolyl and -(L )o-i-thiadiazolyl,
-(L2)o-i-triazoloyl, -(L2)o-i-oxazolyl, -(L2)o-i-oxadiazolyl, -(L2)o-i-furanyl and is optionally substituted. El 1. A compound according to E0, El , E2, E4, E5, E6, E7 or E10, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -(L2)o-i-phenyl and -(L2)o-i-pyridinyl, and is optionally substituted.
E12. A compound according to E0, El , E2, E4, E5, E6, E7, E10 or El 1 , wherein R4 is -OC(H)(CH3)-phenyl wherein said phenyl ring is optionally substituted.
E13. A compound of according to E0, El , E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10,
1 2 3
El l or El 2, wherein R , R and R are each independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, CN, hydrogen, C alkyl and Ci_4 haloalkyl.
E14. A compound according to E0, El , E2, E3, E 4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El l , E12 or E13, wherein R1, R2 and R3 are each hydrogen.
E15. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1 , El 2, E13 or El 4, wherein A and Cy are independently selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane,
3,6-diazabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
2,7-diazaspiro[3.5]nonane, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,5-diazaspiro[3.4]octane, 6-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, morpholine, hexahydro-2H-furo[3,2-c]pyrrole,
2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane,
2-aza-tricyclo[3.3.1.1 -3,7]decane, 2-azabicyclo[2.1. l]hexane, 9-azabicyclo[4.2. l]nonane, 9-azabicyclo[3.3.1 ]nonane, cyclobutane, cyclopropane, cyclopentane,
2-Thia-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane 2,2-dioxide, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane,
tetrahydro-2H-pyran, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octane and 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octane, and is optionally substituted.
El 6. A compound according to E0, El , E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El l , El 2, E13, E14 or E15, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3,6-diazabicyclo[3.2.1 ]octane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,7-diazaspiro[3.5]nonane,
octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,5-diazaspiro[3.4]octane, 6-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, morpholine,
hexahydro-2H-furo[3,2-c]pyrrole and 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexane, and is optionally substituted. E17. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E15 or E16, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of
2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, and is optionally substituted.
E18. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E15, E16 or E17, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of (l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (l S,5R)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
3 -oxabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane, ( 1 R,5 S)-3 -oxabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane,
(l S,5R)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (lS,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane and
(lR,4R)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, and is optionally substituted.
El 9. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El l, El 2, E13 or El 4, wherein is A is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
Figure imgf000039_0001
E20. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, El 2, E13, E14, E15, E16, El 7, E18 or E19, wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine,
2-aza-tricyclo[3.3.1.1-3,7]decane, 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 9-azabicyclo[4.2.1 ]nonane, 9-azabicyclo[3.3.1 ]nonane, cyclobutane,
2-Thia-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane 2,2-dioxide, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
tetrahydro-2H-pyran, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, and is optionally substituted.
E21. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5,E 6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E15, E16, E17, E18, E19 or E20, wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of azetidine, (l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane,
(lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (lS,5R)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
(lR,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (lS,5R)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
(lS,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane and (lR,4R)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, and is optionally substituted.
E22. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, El 2, E13 or El 4, wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000040_0001
E23. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El l, E12, E13 or E14, wherein A is Ci_6 alkyl or Ci_6 dialkylamino, and is optionally substituted.
E24. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, El 2, E13 or El 4, wherein A is methyl or ethyl.
E25. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13 or E14, wherein Cy is Ci_6 alkyl, and is optionally substituted.
E26. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El l, E12, E13, E14, E15, E16, E17, E18 or E23, wherein A is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-s haloalkyl, Ci-s heteroalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)o-i-C6 aryl, wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -C(0)CH2-,-OCH2-, -CH20-, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2OCH2-, -N(H)CH2-, -N(C1-3 alkyl)CH2-, CH2N(H)-, -CH2N(d_3 alkyl)-; wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of propane, butane, pentane and hexane; wherein said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, oxepane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and azepane; wherein said 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, trizole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine; wherein said Ce aryl is phenyl; and wherein RA is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 R1^ substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, CM haloalkyl, CM alkoxy, CM
(halo)alkyl-C(O)-, C1_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, C (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, CM
(halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, C (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, d_4 alkylthio, Ci_4 alkylamino and C1-4 dialkylamino.
E27. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E15, E20, E21 or E25, wherein Cy is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-s haloalkyl, Ci-s heteroalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LCy)0_i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LCy)0_i-C6 aryl, wherein LCy is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -C(0)CH2-,-OCH2-, -CH20-, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2OCH2-, -N(H)CH2-, -N(C1-3 alkyl)CH2-, CH2N(H)-, -CH2N(C1-3 alkyl)-; wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of propane, butane, pentane and hexane; wherein said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, oxepane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and azepane; wherein said 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, trizole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine; wherein said aryl is phenyl; and wherein RCy is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 RRCy substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, CM haloalkyl, d_4 alkoxy, d_4
(halo)alkyl-C(=0)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, C (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, C1-4
(halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, C1-4 alkylthio, Ci_4 alkylamino and C1-4 dialkylamino.
E28. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, El 2, E13, E14, E15, E20, E21, E24, E25 or E26, wherein Cy is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, CN, OH,
2,3-difluorophen- 1 -yl-C(=0)-, 4-fluorophen- 1 -yl-C(=0)-, 3-fluorophen- 1 -yl-C(=0)-, 3,5-difluorophen-l -yl-C(=0)-, 3-fluoro-4-methyl-phen-l-yl-C(=0)-,
2,5-difluorophen-l-yl-C(=0)-, oxetane, oxetan-3-yl, thiazole, thiazol-2-yl, -CH3CH2C(=0)-, CH3C(=0)-, CF3CH2-, (HO)C(CH3)2CH2-, CH3OCH2CH2-, CH3OC(CH3)2C(=0)-, CH30CH2C(O)-, isopropyl, ethyl and methyl.
E29. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, El 2, El 3, El 4, El 5, E16,E17, El 8, E23 or E26, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 R substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, CN, CH30-, CH3, cyclopropylmethyl, CF3 and butyl.
E30. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El l, E12, E13, E14, E15, E16, E17, E18, E19, E20, E21, E22, E25, E26, E27, E28 or E29, wherein said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
Figure imgf000042_0001
E31. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E20, E21, E22, E25, E27, E28 or E29, wherein said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
Figure imgf000042_0002
E32. A compound according to E0, El, E2, E3, E4, E5, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, El 1, E12, E13, E14, E15, E16, E17, E18, E19, E20, E21, E22, E24, E26, E27, E28 or E29, wherein said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
Figure imgf000043_0001
wherein R y if present replaces a hydrogen atom attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom of the Cy ring. E33. A compound selected from the group as set forth in Table 1.
In any embodiment herein, one or more of the following compounds, and/or stereoisomers thereof, may be excluded:
Figure imgf000043_0002
Figure imgf000044_0001
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=Y1)ORRlc as defined in A may be excluded. In any embodiment herein, the substituent -(LCy)0-1-N(RRCa)C(=Y1)ORRCc as defined in Cy may be excluded. C. Synthesis of Compounds
Compounds of the invention as well as key intermediates can be prepared following the general synthetic schemes described below (Scheme 1-4). In Schemes 1-4, R1, R2, R3, R4, X1 and X2 have the meaning as described for compounds of Formula I-I or I; halo refers to a halogen atom, e.g., CI, F, Br, I; and R where present means a cyclic or noncyclic noninterf erring sustituent. More detailed description of the individual reaction steps, is found in the Examples section below. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that other synthetic routes may be used to synthesize the inventive compounds. Although specific starting materials and reagents are depicted in the Schemes and discussed below, other starting materials and reagents can be easily substituted to provide a variety of derivatives and/or reaction conditions. In addition, many of the compounds prepared by the methods described below can be further modified in light of this disclosure using conventional chemistry well known to those skilled in the art.
In preparing compounds of the invention, protection of remote functionality (e.g., primary or secondary amine) of intermediates may be necessary. The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the remote functionality and the conditions of the preparation methods. Suitable amino-protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, t-butoxycarbonyl (BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBz) and 9-fluorenylmethylenoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). The need for such protection is readily determined by one skilled in the art. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1991.
As illustrated in Scheme 1, compounds or intermediates of the inventions can be prepared by displacement of a halogen atom from a dihalothiopyrimidine compound (i) with an amine group under basic conditions. Further treatment of the alkylthio compound (ii) under oxidative conditions provides the oxidized sulfone (iii) compound. A Suzuki- Miyaura coupling reaction between (iii) and a boronate reagent (iv) with a Pd(0) catalyst yields compounds and or intermediates of the invention (v) (See, Miyaura, N.; Suzuki, A. Chem. Rev. 1995, 95, 2457-2483) .
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000046_0001
v
As illustrated in Scheme 2, compounds or intermediates of the invention can be prepared by reaction of a trihalo pyrimidine (vi) with a boronate ester under Pd(0) coupling conditions to provide biheteroaryl (vii). Subsequent sequential displacement of a halogens atom of vii with an the same of different amine reagents under basic conditions, provide biheteroaryl compounds (ix).
Scheme 2
Figure imgf000047_0001
As illustrated in Scheme 3, compounds or intermediates of the invention can be prepared by Suzuki-Miyaura coupling of dichloroodopyridine (x) with an amine under Pd(0) catalyzed conditions (See, Hartwig, J.F. (1997), "Palladium-Catalyzed Animation of Aryl Halides: Mechanism and Rational Catalyst Design", Synlett 4: 329-340 ). Displacement of a chloro group in xi with an amine followed by Suzuki coupling of the resultant product (xii) with a boronate ester (iv-b) provides compounds and or intermediates of the invention xiii.
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000047_0002
Scheme 4
As illustrated in Scheme 4, compounds and or intermediates of the invention can be prepared by treating a R substituted dichloro compound (xiv) with an amine under base conditions to produce compound xv. Subsequent treatment of compound xv under Pd(0) catalyst coupling conditions provides compounds and or intermediates of the inventions (xvi).
Figure imgf000048_0001
D. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Administrations
In addition to one or more of the compounds provided above (or stereoisomers, geometric isomers, tautomers, solvates, metabolites, isotopes, (pharmaceutically acceptable) salts, or prodrugs thereof), the invention also provides for compositions and medicaments comprising a compound of Formula I or any subformula or any embodiment thereof and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. The compositions of the invention can be used for inhibiting DLK activity in patients (e.g., humans). The term "composition," as used herein, is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts. By "pharmaceutically acceptable" it is meant the carrier, diluent or excipient must be compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
In one embodiment, the invention provides for pharmaceutical compositions (or medicaments) comprising a compound of Formula I-I or I (or stereoisomers, geometric isomers, tautomers, solvates, metabolites, isotopes, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, or prodrugs thereof) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. In another embodiment, the invention provides for preparing compositions (or medicaments) comprising compounds of the invention. In another embodiment, the invention provides for administering compounds of Formula I-I or I and compositions comprising compounds of Formula I-I or I or any embodiment thereof to a patient (e.g., a human patient) in need thereof.
Compositions are formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice. Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners. The effective amount of the compound to be administered will be governed by such considerations, and is the minimum amount necessary to inhibit DLK activity as required to prevent or treat the undesired disease or disorder, such as for example, neurodegeneration, amyloidosis, formation of neurofibrillary tangles, or undesired cell growth. For example, such amount may be below the amount that is toxic to normal cells, or the mammal as a whole.
In one example, the therapeutically effective amount of the compound of the invention administered parenterally per dose will be in the range of about 0.01-100 mg/kg, alternatively about e.g., 0.1 to 20 mg/kg of patient body weight per day, with the typical initial range of compound used being 0.3 to 15 mg/kg/day. The daily does is, in certain embodiments, given as a single daily dose or in divided doses two to six times a day, or in sustained release form. In the case of a 70 kg adult human, the total daily dose will generally be from about 7 mg to about 1,400 mg. This dosage regimen may be adjusted to provide the optimal therapeutic response. The compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered in any convenient administrative form, e.g., tablets, powders, capsules, solutions, dispersions, suspensions, syrups, sprays, suppositories, gels, emulsions, patches, etc. Such compositions may contain components conventional in pharmaceutical preparations, e.g., diluents, carriers, pH modifiers, sweeteners, bulking agents, and further active agents.
The compounds of the invention may be administered by any suitable means, including oral, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, transdermal, parenteral, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intrapulmonary, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural and intranasal, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration. Parenteral infusions include intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intraocular, intralesional or subcutaneous administration.
The compositions comprising compounds of Formula I-I or I any embodiment thereof are normally formulated in accordance with standard pharmaceutical practice as a pharmaceutical composition. A typical formulation is prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention and a diluent, carrier or excipient. Suitable diluents, carriers and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and are described in detail in, e.g., Ansel, Howard C, et al., Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2004; Gennaro, Alfonso R., et al. Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000; and Rowe, Raymond C. Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients. Chicago, Pharmaceutical Press, 2005. The formulations may also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents, diluents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament). Suitable carriers, diluents and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and include materials such as carbohydrates, waxes, water soluble and/or swellable polymers, hydrophilic or hydrophobic materials, gelatin, oils, solvents, water and the like. The particular carrier, diluent or excipient used will depend upon the means and purpose for which a compound of the present invention is being applied. Solvents are generally selected based on solvents recognized by persons skilled in the art as safe (GRAS) to be administered to a mammal. In general, safe solvents are non-toxic aqueous solvents such as water and other non-toxic solvents that are soluble or miscible in water. Suitable aqueous solvents include water, ethanol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycols (e.g., PEG 400, PEG 300), etc. and mixtures thereof. The formulations can also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament). Acceptable diluents, carriers, excipients and stabilizers are nontoxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include buffers such as phosphate, citrate and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine; preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride; hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol; 3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine;
monosaccharides, disaccharides and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose, mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as sodium; metal complexes (e.g., Zn-protein complexes); and/or non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, PLURONICS™ or polyethylene glycol (PEG). A active pharmaceutical ingredient of the invention (e.g., compound of Formula I-I or I or any embodiment thereof) can also be entrapped in microcapsules prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or gelatin-microcapsules and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsules, respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example, liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed in Remington: The
Science and Practice of Pharmacy: Remington the Science and Practice of Pharmacy (2005) 21st Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philidelphia, PA.
Sustained-release preparations of a compound of the invention (e.g., compound of Formula I-I or I or any embodiment thereof) can be prepared. Suitable examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing a compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof, which matrices are in the form of shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsules. Examples of sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for example,
poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinyl alcohol)), polylactides (U.S. Patent No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-glutamic acid and gamma- ethyl-L-glutamate (Sidman et al., Biopolymers 22:547, 1983), non-degradable ethylene-vinyl acetate (Langer et al., J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 15: 167, 1981), degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as the LUPRON DEPOT™ (injectable microspheres composed of lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate) and poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid (EP 133,988A). Sustained release compositions also include liposomally entrapped compounds, which can be prepared by methods known per se (Epstein et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 82:3688, 1985; Hwang et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 77:4030, 1980; U.S. Patent Nos. 4,485,045 and 4,544,545; and EP 102,324A). Ordinarily, the liposomes are of the small (about 200-800 Angstroms) unilamelar type in which the lipid content is greater than about 30 mol % cholesterol, the selected proportion being adjusted for the optimal therapy
The formulations include those suitable for the administration routes detailed herein. The formulations can conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy: Remington the Science and Practice of Pharmacy (2005) 21st Edition, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, Philidelphia, PA. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers, diluents or excipients or finely divided solid carriers, diluents or excipients, or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product. A typical formulation is prepared by mixing a compound of the present invention and a carrier, diluent or excipient. The formulations can be prepared using conventional dissolution and mixing procedures. For example, the bulk drug substance (i.e., compound of the present invention or stabilized form of the compound (e.g., complex with a cyclodextrin derivative or other known complexation agent) is dissolved in a suitable solvent in the presence of one or more of the excipients described above. A compound of the present invention is typically formulated into pharmaceutical dosage forms to provide an easily controllable dosage of the drug and to enable patient compliance with the prescribed regimen.
In one example, compounds of Formula I-I or I or any embodiment thereof may be formulated by mixing at ambient temperature at the appropriate pH, and at the desired degree of purity, with physiologically acceptable carriers, i.e., carriers that are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed into a galenical administration form. The pH of the formulation depends mainly on the particular use and the concentration of compound, but preferably ranges anywhere from about 3 to about 8. In one example, a compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof is formulated in an acetate buffer, at pH 5. In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof are sterile. The compound may be stored, for example, as a solid or amorphous composition, as a lyophilized formulation or as an aqueous solution.
Formulations of a compound of the invention (e.g., compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof) suitable for oral administration can be prepared as discrete units such as pills, capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of a compound of the invention.
Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets can be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered active ingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets can optionally be coated or scored and optionally are formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therefrom. Tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, e.g., gelatin capsules, syrups or elixirs can be prepared for oral use. Formulations of a compound of the invention (e.g., compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof) intended for oral use can be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions can contain one or more agents including sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation. Tablets containing the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which are suitable for manufacture of tablets are acceptable. These excipients can be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, calcium or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets can be uncoated or can be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax can be employed.
An example of a suitable oral administration form is a tablet containing about 1 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 25 mg, 30 mg, 50 mg, 80 mg, 100 mg, 150 mg, 250 mg, 300 mg and 500 mg of the compound of the invention compounded with about 10-90 mg anhydrous lactose, about 5-40 mg sodium croscarmellose, about 5-30 mg polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) K30, and about 1 -10 mg magnesium stearate. The powdered ingredients are first mixed together and then mixed with a solution of the PVP. The resulting composition can be dried, granulated, mixed with the magnesium stearate and compressed to tablet form using conventional equipment. An example of an aerosol formulation can be prepared by dissolving the compound, for example 5-400 mg, of the invention in a suitable buffer solution, e.g. a phosphate buffer, adding a tonicifier, e.g. a salt such sodium chloride, if desired. The solution may be filtered, e.g., using a 0.2 micron filter, to remove impurities and contaminants.
For treatment of the eye or other external tissues, e.g., mouth and skin, the formulations are preferably applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w/w. When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredient can be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients can be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base. If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base can include a polyhydric alcohol, i.e., an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG 400) and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations can desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulfoxide and related analogs.
The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention can be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase can comprise merely an emulsifier, it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations. Emulsifiers and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
Aqueous suspensions of a compound of the invention (e.g., compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof) contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, croscarmellose, povidone, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia, and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate). The aqueous suspension can also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
Formulations of a compound of the invention (e.g., compound of Formula I-I or I) can be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension can be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned above. The sterile injectable preparation can also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,3-butanediol or prepared as a lyophilized powder. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile fixed oils can conventionally be employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid can likewise be used in the preparation of injectables. The amount of active ingredient that can be combined with the carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a time-release formulation intended for oral administration to humans can contain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which can vary from about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weigh weight). The pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurable amounts for administration. For example, an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion can contain from about 3 to 500 μg of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur. Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which can contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which can include suspending agents and thickening agents. Formulations suitable for topical administration to the eye also include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient. The active ingredient is preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of about 0.5 to 20% w/w, for example about 0.5 to 10% w/w, for example about 1.5% w/w.
Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
Formulations for rectal administration can be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salicylate.
Formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administration have a particle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 microns (including particle sizes in a range between 0.1 and 500 microns in increments microns such as 0.5, 1 , 30 microns, 35 microns, etc.), which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage or by inhalation through the mouth so as to reach the alveolar sacs. Suitable formulations include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient. Formulations suitable for aerosol or dry powder administration can be prepared according to conventional methods and can be delivered with other therapeutic agents such as compounds heretofore used in the treatment of disorders as described below.
The formulations can be packaged in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and can be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water, for injection immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions are prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described. Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
When the binding target is located in the brain, certain embodiments of the invention provide for a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) to traverse the blood-brain barrier. Certain neurodegenerative diseases are associated with an increase in permeability of the blood-brain barrier, such that a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) can be readily introduced to the brain. When the blood-brain barrier remains intact, several art-known approaches exist for transporting molecules across it, including, but not limited to, physical methods, lipid-based methods, and receptor and channel-based methods. Physical methods of transporting a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) across the blood-brain barrier include, but are not limited to, circumventing the blood- brain barrier entirely, or by creating openings in the blood-brain barrier.
Circumvention methods include, but are not limited to, direct injection into the brain (see, e.g., Papanastassiou et al., Gene Therapy 9:398-406, 2002), interstitial
infusion/convection- enhanced delivery (see, e.g., Bobo et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 91 :2076-2080, 1994), and implanting a delivery device in the brain (see, e.g., Gill et al., Nature Med. 9:589-595, 2003; and Gliadel Wafers™, Guildford.
Pharmaceutical). Methods of creating openings in the barrier include, but are not limited to, ultrasound (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Publication No. 2002/0038086), osmotic pressure (e.g., by administration of hypertonic mannitol (Neuwelt, E. A., Implication of the Blood- Brain Barrier and its Manipulation, Volumes 1 and 2, Plenum Press, N.Y., 1989)), and permeabilization by, e.g., bradykinin or permeabilizer A-7 (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,112,596, 5,268,164, 5,506,206, and 5,686,416).
Lipid-based methods of transporting a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) across the blood-brain barrier include, but are not limited to, encapsulating the a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) in liposomes that are coupled to antibody binding fragments that bind to receptors on the vascular endothelium of the blood- brain barrier (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0025313), and coating a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) in low-density lipoprotein particles (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
2004/0204354) or apolipoprotein E (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0131692).
Receptor and channel-based methods of transporting a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) across the blood-brain barrier include, but are not limited to, using glucocorticoid blockers to increase permeability of the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos. 2002/0065259, 2003/0162695, and
2005/0124533); activating potassium channels (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0089473), inhibiting ABC drug transporters (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0073713); coating a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) with a transferrin and modulating activity of the one or more transferrin receptors (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0129186), and cationizing the antibodies (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,004,697).
For intracerebral use, in certain embodiments, the compounds can be administered continuously by infusion into the fluid reservoirs of the CNS, although bolus injection may be acceptable. The inhibitors can be administered into the ventricles of the brain or otherwise introduced into the CNS or spinal fluid. Administration can be performed by use of an indwelling catheter and a continuous administration means such as a pump, or it can be administered by implantation, e.g., intracerebral implantation of a sustained-release vehicle. More specifically, the inhibitors can be injected through chronically implanted cannulas or chronically infused with the help of osmotic minipumps. Subcutaneous pumps are available that deliver proteins through a small tubing to the cerebral ventricles. Highly sophisticated pumps can be refilled through the skin and their delivery rate can be set without surgical intervention. Examples of suitable administration protocols and delivery systems involving a subcutaneous pump device or continuous intracerebroventricular infusion through a totally implanted drug delivery system are those used for the administration of dopamine, dopamine agonists, and cholinergic agonists to Alzheimer's disease patients and animal models for Parkinson's disease, as described by Harbaugh, J. Neural Transm. Suppl. 24:271 , 1987; and DeYebenes et al., Mov. Disord. 2: 143, 1987.
A compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) used in the invention are formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice. Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners. A compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) need not be, but is optionally formulated with one or more agent currently used to prevent or treat the disorder in question. The effective amount of such other agents depends on the amount of a compound of the invention present in the formulation, the type of disorder or treatment, and other factors discussed above.
These are generally used in the same dosages and with administration routes as described herein, or about from 1 to 99% of the dosages described herein, or in any dosage and by any route that is empirically/clinically determined to be appropriate. For the prevention or treatment of disease, the appropriate dosage of a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) (when used alone or in combination with other agents) will depend on the type of disease to be treated, the properties of the compound, the severity and course of the disease, whether the compound is administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the compound, and the discretion of the attending physician. The compound is suitably administered to the patient at one time or over a series of treatments. Depending on the type and severity of the disease, about 1 μg/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g., 0.1 mg/kg-10 mg/kg) of compound can be an initial candidate dosage for administration to the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate administrations, or by continuous infusion. One typical daily dosage might range from about 1 μg kg to 100 mg/kg or more, depending on the factors mentioned above. For repeated administrations over several days or longer, depending on the condition, the treatment would generally be sustained until a desired suppression of disease symptoms occurs. One exemplary dosage of a compound of Formula I-I or I (or an embodiment thereof) would be in the range from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg. Thus, one or more doses of about 0.5 mg/kg, 2.0 mg/kg, 4.0 mg/kg, or 10 mg/kg (or any combination thereof) may be administered to the patient. Such doses may be administered intermittently, e.g., every week or every three weeks (e.g., such that the patient receives from about two to about twenty, or, e.g., about six doses of the antibody). An initial higher loading dose, followed by one or more lower doses may be administered. An exemplary dosing regimen comprises administering an initial loading dose of about 4 mg/kg, followed by a weekly maintenance dose of about 2 mg kg of the compound. However, other dosage regimens may be useful. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and assays. Other typical daily dosages might range from, for example, about 1 g/kg to up to 100 mg/kg or more (e.g., about 1 μg kg to 1 mg/kg, about 1 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg, about 1 mg kg to 10 mg/kg, about 5 mg/kg to about 200 mg/kg, about 50 mg/kg to about 150 mg/mg, about 100 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg, about 100 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg, and about 200 mg/kg to about 400 mg/kg), depending on the factors mentioned above. Typically, the clinician will administer a compound until a dosage is reached that results in improvement in or, optimally, elimination of, one or more symptoms of the treated disease or condition. The progress of this therapy is easily monitored by conventional assays. One or more agent provided herein may be administered together or at different times (e.g., one agent is administered prior to the administration of a second agent). One or more agent may be administered to a subject using different techniques (e.g., one agent may be administered orally, while a second agent is administered via intramuscular injection or intranasally). One or more agent may be administered such that the one or more agent has a pharmacologic effect in a subject at the same time. Alternatively, one or more agent may be administered, such that the pharmacological activity of the first administered agent is expired prior the administration of one or more secondarily administered agents (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 secondarily administered agents). E. Indications and Methods of Treatment
In another aspect, the invention provides for methods of inhibiting the Dual Leucine Zipper Kinase (DLK) in an in vitro (e.g., a nerve graft of nerve transplant) or in vivo setting (e.g., in a patient) by contacting DLK present in an in vitro or in vivo setting with compounds of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof. In these methods of the invention, the inhibition of DLK signaling or expression with a compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof results in a downstream decrease in JNK phosphorylation (e.g., a decrease in JNK2 and/or JNK3 phosphorylation), JNK activity (e.g., a decrease in JNK2 and/or JNK3 activity), and/or JNK expression (e.g., a decrease in JNK2 and/or JNK3 expression). Accordingly, administering one or more compounds of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof according to the methods of the invention can result in decrease in activity of kinase targets downstream of the DLK signalling cascade, e.g, (i) a decrease in JNK phosphorylation, JNK activity, and/or JNK expression, (ii) a decrease in cJun phosphorylation, cJun activity, and/or cJun expression, and/or (iii) a decrease in p38 phosphorylation, p38 activity, and/or p38 expression. Compounds of the invention can be used in methods for inhibiting neuron or axon degeneration. The inhibitors are, therefore, useful in the therapy of, for example, (i) disorders of the nervous system (e.g., neurodegenerative diseases), (ii) conditions of the nervous system that are secondary to a disease, condition, or therapy having a primary effect outside of the nervous system, (iii) injuries to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical, or chemical trauma, (iv) pain, (v) ocular-related neurodegeneration, (vi) memory loss, and (vii) psychiatric disorders. Non-limiting examples of some of these diseases, conditions, and injuries are provided below.
Examples of neurodegenerative diseases and conditions that can be prevented or treated according to the invention include amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), trigeminal neuralgia, glossopharyngeal neuralgia, Bell's Palsy, myasthenia gravis, muscular dystrophy, progressive muscular atrophy, primary lateral sclerosis (PLS), pseudobulbar palsy, progressive bulbar palsy, spinal muscular atrophy, progressive bulbar palsy, inherited muscular atrophy, invertebrate disk syndromes (e.g., herniated, ruptured, and prolapsed disk syndromes), cervical spondylosis, plexus disorders, thoracic outlet destruction syndromes, peripheral neuropathies, prophyria, mild cognitive impairment, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, Parkinson' s-plus diseases (e.g., multiple system atrophy, progressive supranuclear palsy, and corticobasal degeneration), dementia with Lewy bodies, frontotemporal dementia, demyelinating diseases (e.g., Guillain-Barre syndrome and multiple sclerosis), Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease (CMT; also known as Hereditary Motor and Sensory Neuropathy (HMSN), Hereditary Sensorimotor Neuropathy (HSMN), and Peroneal Muscular Atrophy), prion disease (e.g., Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS), fatal familial insomnia (FFI), and bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE, commonly known as mad cow disease), Pick's disease, epilepsy, and AIDS demential complex (also known as HIV dementia, HIV encephalopathy, and HIV-associated dementia).
The methods of the invention can also be used in the prevention and treatment of ocular-related neurodegeneration and related diseases and conditions, such as glaucoma, lattice dystrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), photoreceptor degeneration associated with wet or dry AMD, other retinal degeneration, optic nerve drusen, optic neuropathy, and optic neuritis. Non-limiting examples of different types of glaucoma that can be prevented or treated according to the invention include primary glaucoma (also known as primary open-angle glaucoma, chronic open-angle glaucoma, chronic simple glaucoma, and glaucoma simplex), low- tension glaucoma, primary angle-closure glaucoma (also known as primary closed- angle glaucoma, narrow-angle glaucoma, pupil-block glaucoma, and acute congestive glaucoma), acute angle-closure glaucoma, chronic angle-closure glaucoma, intermittent angle-closure glaucoma, chronic open-angle closure glaucoma, pigmentary glaucoma, exfoliation glaucoma (also known as pseudoexfoliative glaucoma or glaucoma capsulare), developmental glaucoma (e.g., primary congenital glaucoma and infantile glaucoma), secondary glaucoma (e.g., inflammatory glaucoma (e.g., uveitis and Fuchs heterochromic iridocyclitis)), phacogenic glaucoma (e.g., angle-closure glaucoma with mature cataract, phacoanaphylactic glaucoma secondary to rupture of lens capsule, phacolytic glaucoma due to phacotoxic meshwork blockage, and subluxation of lens), glaucoma secondary to intraocular hemorrhage (e.g., hyphema and hemolytic glaucoma, also known as erythroclastic glaucoma), traumatic glaucoma (e.g., angle recession glaucoma, traumatic recession on anterior chamber angle, postsurgical glaucoma, aphakic pupillary block, and ciliary block glaucoma), neovascular glaucoma, drug-induced glaucoma (e.g., corticosteroid induced glaucoma and alpha-chymotrypsin glaucoma), toxic glaucoma, and glaucoma associated with intraocular tumors, retinal deatchments, severe chemical burns of the eye, and iris atrophy. Examples of types of pain that can be treated according to the methods of the invention include those associated with the following conditions: chronic pain, fibromyalgia, spinal pain, carpel tunnel syndrome, pain from cancer, arthritis, sciatica, headaches, pain from surgery, muscle spasms, back pain, visceral pain, pain from injury, dental pain, neuralgia, such as neuogenic or neuropathic pain, nerve inflammation or damage, shingles, herniated disc, torn ligament, and diabetes.
Certain diseases and conditions having primary effects outside of the nervous system can lead to damage to the nervous system, which can be treated according to the methods of the present invention. Examples of such conditions include peripheral neuropathy and neuralgia caused by, for example, diabetes, cancer, AIDS, hepatitis, kidney dysfunction, Colorado tick fever, diphtheria, HIV infection, leprosy, lyme disease, polyarteritis nodosa, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, Sjogren syndrome, syphilis, systemic lupus erythematosus, and amyloidosis.
In addition, the methods of the invention can be used in the treatment of nerve damage, such as peripheral neuropathy, which is caused by exposure to toxic compounds, including heavy metals (e.g., lead, arsenic, and mercury) and industrial solvents, as well as drugs including chemotherapeutic agents (e.g., vincristine and cisplatin), dapsone, HIV medications (e.g., Zidovudine, Didanosine. Stavudine, Zalcitabine, Ritonavir, and
Amprenavir), cholesterol lowering drugs (e.g., Lovastatin, Indapamid, and Gemfibrozil), heart or blood pressure medications (e.g., Amiodarone, Hydralazine, Perhexiline), and Metronidazole.
The methods of the invention can also be used to treat injury to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical, or chemical trauma. Thus, the methods can be used in the treatment of peripheral nerve damage caused by physical injury (associated with, e.g., burns, wounds, surgery, and accidents), ischemia, prolonged exposure to cold temperature (e.g., frost-bite), as well as damage to the central nervous system due to, e.g., stroke or intracranial hemorrhage (such as cerebral hemorrhage).
Further, the methods of the invention can be used in the prevention or treatment of memory loss such as, for example, age-related memory loss. Types of memory that can be affected by loss, and thus treated according to the invention, include episodic memory, semantic memory, short-term memory, and long-term memory. Examples of diseases and conditions associated with memory loss, which can be treated according to the present invention, include mild cognitive impairment, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, chemotherapy, stress, stroke, and traumatic brain injury (e.g., concussion).
The methods of the invention can also be used in the treatment of psychiatric disorders including, for example, schizophrenia, delusional disorder, schizoaffective disorder, schizopheniform, shared psychotic disorder, psychosis, paranoid personality disorder, schizoid personality disorder, borderline personality disorder, anti-social personality disorder, narcissistic personality disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, delirium, dementia, mood disorders, bipolar disorder, depression, stress disorder, panic disorder, agoraphobia, social phobia, post-traumatic stress disorder, anxiety disorder, and impulse control disorders (e.g., kleptomania, pathological gambling, pyromania, and trichotillomania).
In addition to the in vivo methods described above, the methods of the invention can be used to treat nerves ex vivo, which may be helpful in the context of nerve grafts or nerve transplants. Thus, the inhibitors described herein can be useful as components of culture media for use in culturing nerve cells in vitro.
Accordingly, in another aspect, the invention provides for a method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system (CNS) neuron or a portion thereof, the method comprising administering to the CNS neuron a compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof.
In one embodiment, of the method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system neuron or a portion thereof, the administering to the CNS neuron is performed in vitro.
In another embodiment, of the method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system neuron or a portion thereof, the method further comprises grafting or implanting the CNS neuron into a human patient after administration of the agent.
In another embodiment, of the method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system neuron or a portion thereof, the CNS neuron is present in a human patient. In another embodiment, of the method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system neuron or a portion thereof, the administering to the CNS neuron comprises administration of said compound of Formula I-I or I or an embodiment thereof in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient. In another embodiment, of the method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system neuron or a portion thereof, the administering to the CNS neuron is carried out by an administration route selected from the group consisting of parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intralesional, intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial interstitial infusion and implanted delivery device. In another embodiment, of the method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system neuron or a portion thereof, the method further comprises administering one or more additional pharmaceutical agents.
The inhibitors can be optionally combined with or administered in concert with each other or other agents known to be useful in the treatment of the relevant disease or condition. Thus, in the treatment of ALS, for example, inhibitors can be administered in combination with Riluzole (Rilutek), minocycline, insulin- like growth factor 1 (IGF-1), and/or methylcobalamin. In another example, in the treatment of Parkinson's disease, inhibitors can be administered with L-dopa, dopamine agonists (e.g., bromocriptine, pergolide, pramipexole, ropinirole, cabergoline, apomorphine, and lisuride), dopa decarboxylase inhibitors (e.g., levodopa, benserazide, and carbidopa), and/or MAO-B inhibitors (e.g., selegiline and rasagiline). In a further example, in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease, inhibitors can be administered with acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (e.g., donepezil, galantamine, and rivastigmine) and/or NMDA receptor antagonists (e.g., memantine). The combination therapies can involve concurrent or sequential administration, by the same or different routes, as determined to be appropriate by those of skill in the art. The invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions and kits comprising combinations as described herein.
In addition to the combinations noted above, other combinations included in the invention are combinations of inhibitors of degeneration of different neuronal regions. Thus, the invention includes combinations of agents that (i) inhibit degeneration of the neuron cell body, and (ii) inhibit axon degeneration. For example, inhibitors of GSK and transcription are found to prevent degeneration of neuron cell bodies, while inhibitors of EGFR and p38 MAPK are found to prevent degeneration of axons. Thus, the invention includes combinations of inhibitors of GSK and EGFR (and/or p38 MAPK), combinations of transcription inhibitors and EGF (and/or p38 MAPK), and further combinations of inhibitors of dual leucine zipper-bearing kinase (DLK), glycogen synthase kinase 3β (GSK3 ), p38 MAPK, EGFF, phosphoinositide 3 -kinase (PI3K), cyclin-dependent kinase 5 (cdk5), adenylyl cyclase, c-Jun N-terminal kinase (JNK), BCL2 -associated X protein (Bax), In channel, calcium/calmodulin- dependent protein kinase kinase (CaMKK), a G-protein, a G-protein coupled receptor, transcription factor 4 (TCF4), and β-catenin. The inhibitors used in these combinations can be any of those described herein, or other inhibitors of these targets as described in WO 2011/050192, incorporated herein by reference.
The combination therapy can provide "synergy" and prove "synergistic", i.e., the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together is greater than the sum of the effects that results from using the compounds separately. A synergistic effect can be attained when the active ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined, unit dosage formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen. When delivered in alternation therapy, a synergistic effect can be attained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, e.g., by different injections in separate syringes, separate pills or capsules, or in separate infusions. In general, during alternation therapy, an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e., serially, whereas in combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
F. Examples
The invention will be more fully understood by reference to the following examples. They should not, however, be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. These examples are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention, but rather to provide guidance to a skilled artisan to prepare and use the compounds, compositions, and methods of the present invention. While particular embodiments of the present invention are described, the skilled artisan will appreciate that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. The chemical reactions in the Examples described can be readily adapted to prepare a number of other compounds of the invention, and alternative methods for preparing the compounds of this invention are deemed to be within the scope of this invention. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds according to the invention can be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g., by appropriately protecting interferring groups, by utilizing other suitable reagents known in the art other than those described, and/or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the invention. Accordingly, the following examples are provided to illustrate but not limit the invention.
In the Examples described below, unless otherwise indicated all temperatures are set forth in degrees Celsius. Commercially available reagents were purchased from suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Company, Lancaster, TCI or Maybridge, and were used without further purification unless otherwise indicated. The reactions set forth below were done generally under a positive pressure of nitrogen or argon or with a drying tube (unless otherwise stated) in anhydrous solvents, and the reaction flasks were typically fitted with rubber septa for the introduction of substrates and reagents via syringe. Glassware was oven dried and/or heat dried. Column chromatography was conducted on a Biotage system (Manufacturer: Dyax Corporation) having a silica gel column or on a silica SEP PAK® cartridge (Waters); or alternatively column chromatography was carried out using on an ISCO chromatography system (Manufacturer: Teledyne ISCO) having a silica gel column. H NMR spectra were recorded on a Varian instrument operating at 400 MHz. H NMR spectra were obtained in deuterated CDCI3, d6-DMSO, CH3OD or d6-acetone solutions (reported in ppm), using tetramethylsilane (TMS) as the reference standard (0 ppm). When peak multiplicities are reported, the following abbreviations are used: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), q (quartet), m (multiplet), br (broadened), dd (doublet of doublets), dt (doublet of triplets). Coupling constants, when given, are reported in Hertz (Hz).
When possible, product formed in the reaction mixtures were monitored by LC/MS. High Pressure Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry (LCMS) experiments. Example conditions for analysis include monitoring on an Agilent 1200 Series LC coupled to a 6140 quadrupole mass spectrometer using a Supelco Ascentis Express CI 8 column with a linear gradient of 5%-95% acetonitrile/water (with 0.1 % trifluoroacetic acid in each mobile phase) within 1.4 minutes and held at 95% for 0.3 minute, or on a PE Sciex API 150 EX using a Phenomenex DNYC monolithic CI 8 column with a linear gradient of 5%-95%
acetonitrile/water (with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in each mobile phase) within 5 minutes and held at 95% for 1 minute to determine retention times (RT) and associated mass ions.
All abbreviations used to described reagents, reaction conditions, or equipment used are consistent with the definitions set forth in the "List of standard abbreviations and acronyms" published yearly by the Journal of Organic Chemistry (an American Chemical Society journal). The chemical names of discrete compounds of the invention were obtained using the structure naming features of commonly used programs including ChemBioDraw Version 11.0, Accelrys' Pipeline Pilot IUPAC compound naming program.
Example 1
METHOD A
2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-2-yl)-6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl) -[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-2'-amine
Figure imgf000067_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of
(l S,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]
-heptane
Figure imgf000067_0002
The mixture of 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (450 mg, 2.31 mmol), DIEA (894 mg, 6.92 mmol) and 2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (328 mg, 2.42 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 12 h. Water (20 mL) was added to and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and concentrated to give (lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo-
-[2.2.1 ]heptane (550 mg, 92.5% yield) as a white solid, which was used for next step without further purification LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 258.0.
Step 2: Synthesis of
(l S,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo
-[2.2.1 ]heptane
Figure imgf000068_0001
To a mixture of
(l S,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo
[2.2.1 ]heptane (550 mg, 2.13 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) was added m-CPBA (1.73 g, 8.53 mmol) portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was washed with Na2S(¾ (sat aq, 20 mL) and was concentrated in vacuo to afford (I S, 4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]-
-heptane (600 mg, 97.0% yield) as a white solid, LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 289.7, which was used for next step without further purification.
Step 3 : Synthesis of
6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-2'- amine
Figure imgf000069_0001
To a microwave vial charged with (IS,
4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]-
-heptane (600 mg, 2.07 mmol),
5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine (641 mg, 2.90 mmol), potassium acetate (284 mg, 2.90 mmol) and sodium carbonate (307 mg, 2.90 mmol) in acetonitrile / water (1 (5: 1, 6.0 mL) was added PdCl2 {PtBu2(Ph-p-NMe2)}2 (147 mg, 0.21 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 140 °C for 40 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (5% methanol in dichloromethane) to provide
6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-2'- amine (380 mg, 52.7% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 349.0.
Step 4: Synthesis of
2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-[4,5'-b ipyrimidin]-2'-amine:
Figure imgf000069_0002
To the mixture of
6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-2'- amine (380 mg, 1.09 mmol) and potassium carbonate (754 mg, 5.45 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL) was added 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane hydrochloride (326 mg, 2.73 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 5 h. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by Prep-HPLC (formic acid) to afford
2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-[4,5'-b ipyrimidin]-2'-amine (220 mg, 57% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 352.1 ; ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.91 (s, 2H), 7.00 (s, 2H), 6.30 - 6.10 (m, 1H), 5.10 - 4.90 (m, 1H), 4.83 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.70 - 4.64 (m, 1H), 3.78 - 3.76 (m, 1H), 3.66 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.45 - 3.38 (m, 4H), 2.89 - 2.87 (m, 1H), 1.93 - 1.86 (m, 4H), 1.32 - 1.31 (m, 2H).
METHOD B:
Figure imgf000070_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of
5-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000070_0002
To a microwave vial charged with 2,4,6-trichloropyrimidine (300 mg, 1.64 mmol),
5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine (518 mg, 1.80 mmol) and cesium carbonate (1.07 g, 3.27 mmol) in acetonitnle / water (4: 1, 30 mL) was added l ,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)fenocene-palladium(II)dichloride (60 mg, 0.05 mmol) under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (15% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to 50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to provide 5-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine (300 mg, 59.3% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 308.7. Step 2: Synthesis of (l S,4S)-tert-butyl
5-(6-(6-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[ 2.1 ]heptane-2-carboxylate
Figure imgf000071_0001
To a solution of 5-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine
(300 mg, 0.84 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) was added (lS,4S)-tert-butyl
2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate hydrochloride (197 mg, 0.84 mmol) and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (2 mL). The mixture was heated at 75 °C for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, water (50 mL) was added to. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to 100% ethyl acetate) to provide (l S,4S)-tert-butyl
5-(6-(6-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2. 2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (220 mg, 48.1% yield). TLC (Thin layer chromatography) (petroleum ether (PE): ethyl acetate (EA) = 3: 1, R = 0.3-0.4).
Step 3: Synthesis of (l S,4S)-tert-butyl
5-(6-(6-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-2-yl)pyrimidin -4-yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane-2-carboxylate
Figure imgf000071_0002
To a solution of (1 S,4S)-tert-butyl
5-(6-(6-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2. 2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (220 mg, 0.47 mmol) in DMSO (2 mL) was added
2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane hydrochloride (68 mg, 0.56 mmol) and potassium carbonate (130 mg, 0.93 mmol). The mixture was heated at 90 °C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, water (50 mL) was added to. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL (3 times)). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to 100% ethyl acetate) to provide (1 S,4S)-tert-butyl
5-(6-(6-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-2-yl)pyrimidin -4-yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane-2-carboxylate (130 mg, 53.7% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 518.0.
Step 4: Synthesis of
5-(2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-6-((l S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)pyrimi din-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000072_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of (l S,4S)-tert-butyl
5-(6-(6-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-2-yl)pyrimidin -4-yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (130 mg, 0.25 mmol) in
dichloromethane (6 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h. After removal of the solvent, the residue was dissolved with water (30 mL), basified and extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated to provide
5-(2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-6-((l S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)pyrimi din-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine (80 mg, 75.0% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ =
417.9.
Step 5 : Synthesis of
1 -((1 S,4S)-5-(6-(6-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-2-y l)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-2-yl)ethanone
Figure imgf000073_0001
To a solution of
5-(2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-6-((l S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)pyrimi din-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine (80 mg, 0.22 mmol) in DMSO (2 mL) was added acetic anhydride (46 mg, 0.44 mmol) and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (0.1 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 25 min. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was purified by Prep-HPLC (BASE) to provide
1 -((1 S,4S)-5-(6-(6-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-2-y l)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)ethanone (46.34 mg, 40.0% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 459.9; *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.91 (s, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 6.79 (s, 2H), 6.53 - 6.21 (m, 1H), 5.10 - 4.89 (m, 1H), 4.80 - 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.74 - 4.63 (m, 1H), 3.55 - 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.44 - 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.23 - 2.84 (m, 4H), 2.82 (s, 1H), 2.00 (s, 1H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 1.83 - 1.81 (m, 2H), 1.29 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 2H).
METHOD C: (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(2'-amino-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0] hexane- 3 - carboxylate
Figure imgf000074_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000074_0002
To a solution of
(lR,5S,6r)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxylic acid (2 g, 8.8 mmol) in acetonitrile (150 mL) was added Ι,Γ-carbonyldiimidazole (1.71 g, 10.56 mmol). After stirring at 20 °C for 1 h, magnesium chloride (827 mg, 8.8 mmol) and potassium 3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoate (1.5 g, 8.8 mmol) was added to and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 16 h. The reaction solution was filtered, concentrated and purified by flash column (60% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to afford (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (1.5 g, 57.7% yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 4.21 - 4.16 (m, 2H), 3.66 - 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.42 - 3.90 (m, 2H), 2.15 - 2.13 (m, 2H), 1.90 - 1.88 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.28 - 1.24 (m, 3H)
Step 2: Synthesis of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-hydroxy-2-mercaptopyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000075_0001
The mixture of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropanoyl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (7.6 g, 25.6 mmol), carbamimidothioic acid (7.77 g, 102.3 mmol) and sodium methanolate (5.52 g, 102.3 mmol) in anhydrous methonal (250 mL) was refluxed under N2 for 16 h. After removal of the solvent, the residue was adjusted pH to 6 with hydrogen chloride aqueous solution (2 M). The mixture was filtered and the solid was the desired product of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl 6-(6-hydroxy-2-mercaptopyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (7 g,
88.6% yield). *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.30 (d, J= 13.6 Hz, 2H), 5.45 (s, 1H), 3.57 - 3.53 (m, 2H), 3.33 - 3.29 (m, 2H), 2.05 - 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.58 - 1.57 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s,
Step 3: Synthesis of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-hydroxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000075_0002
To the solution of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-hydroxy-2-mercaptopyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (7 g, 22.65 mmol) in sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (8%) was added iodomethane (6.43 g, 45.3 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was adjusted pH = 5~6 with hydrogen chloride aqueous solution (2 M). The mixture was filtered and the solid was the desired product of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-hydroxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (6 g, crude, about 65%, 53.4% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 324.1.
Step 4: Synthesis of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000076_0001
To a solution of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-hydroxy-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (6 g, 18.57 mmol, 65%) in dry dichloromethane (250 mL) was added oxalyl dichloride (2.83 g, 22.3 mmol) and DMF (0.5 mL) at 0 °C. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 2 h and was poured into ice water including Et3N. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (250 mL*2). The organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to afford (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (3.8 g, 92.7% yield).
Step 5: Synthesis of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000076_0002
To a solution of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (800 mg, 2.35 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (40 mL) was added m-CPBA (2 g, 11.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine (50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to provide (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (700 mg, 80% yield) *H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.40 (s, 1H), 3.82 - 3.70 (m, 2H), 3.54 - 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.33 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 2H), 1.96 - 1.94 (m, 1H), 1.47 (s, 1H). Step 6: Synthesis of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(2'-amino-2-(methylsulfonyl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carbo xylate
Figure imgf000077_0001
To a microwave vial charged with (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
(820 mg, 2.2 mmol), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)aniline (972 mg, 4.4 mmol), and cesium carbonate (1.43 g, 4.4 mmol) in dioxane / water (5: 1, 15 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (161 mg, 0.22 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 110 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether to 100% ethyl acetate) to provide (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(2'-amino-2-(methylsulfonyl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carbo xylate (700 mg, 94.7% yield) LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 432.8.
Step 7: Synthesis of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(2'-amino-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0] hexane-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000077_0002
To a solution of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(2'-amino-2-(methylsulfonyl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carbo xylate (200 mg, 0.46 mmol) in DMSO (15 mL) was added 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane hydrochloride (109.5 mg, 0.92 mmol) and potassium carbonate (127 mg, 0.92 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 120 °C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organic layer was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (75% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to provide
(lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl 6-(2'-amino-2-(2-azabicyclo[2J . l]hexan-2-yl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0] hexane-3-carboxylate (140 mg,70% yield). TLC (EA, R/= 0.3-0.4).
Step 8: Synthesis of
2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-6-((lR,5S,6r)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-[4,5'-bipyr imidin]-2'-amine
Figure imgf000078_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of (lR,5S,6r)-tert-butyl
6-(2'-amino-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0] hexane-3-carboxylate (120 mg, 0.276 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL). The mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 3 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to provide
2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-6-((lR,5S,6r)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-[4,5'-bipyr imidin]-2'-amine (90 mg, 97.3% yield). The resulting residue was used without further purification. TLC (EA, R7= 0).
Step 9: Synthesis of
l-((lR,5S,6r)-6-(2'-amino-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)-3- bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-3-yl)ethanone
Figure imgf000078_0002
To a solution of
2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-2-yl)-6-((lR,5S,6r)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-[4,5'-bipyr imidin]-2'-amine (80 mg, 0.24 mmol) and N-ethyl-N-isopropylpropan-2-amine (62 mg, 0.48 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added acetic anhydride (49 mg, 0.48 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. After removal of the solvent, the residue was purified by PR-HPLC (BASE) to provide
l -((lR,5S,6r)-6-(2'-amino-2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-2-yl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-6-yl)-3-aza bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-3-yl)ethanone (88 mg, 97.2% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 377.8; ¾ NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 8.94 (s, 2H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 5.49 (s, 2H), 4.95 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 2.95 (s, 1H), 2.30 (s, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 2H), 1.70 (s, 1H), 1.45 (s, 2H). METHOD D:
Preparation of
5-[6-(3-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-3-yl)-4-[(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl]-2-p yridyl]-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000079_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of
(l S,4S)-5-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane
Figure imgf000079_0002
To a microwave vial charged with 2,6-dichloro-4-iodopyridine (100 mg, 0.37 mmol), (l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane (49.19 mg, 0.44 mmol) and cesium carbonate (66.29 mg, 0.48 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was added Pd2(dba)3 (3.5 mg, 0.048 mmol) and xantphos (3.5 mg, 0.048 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 140 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and resulting residue was purified by TLC (PE: EA= 2: 1) to afford
(l S,4S)-5-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane (40 mg, 35 % yield).
Step 2: Synthesis of
(l S,4S)-5-(2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-2-yl)-6-chloropyridin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2 . l]heptane
Figure imgf000080_0001
To a microwave vial charged with
(l S,4S)-5-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane (100 mg, 0.41 mmol) and 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexane hydrochloride (244 mg, 2.04 mmol) in NMP (3 mL) was added cesium carbonate (1.33 g, 4.08 mmol). The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 150 °C for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and resulting residue was purified by TLC (PE: EA = 1 : 1) to afford compound 5 (80 mg, 77.7% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 291.8.
Step 3 : Synthesis of
5-[6-(3-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-3-yl)-4-[(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl]-2-p yridyl]-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000080_0002
To a microwave vial charged with
(l S,4S)-5-(2-(2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-2-yl)-6-chloropyridin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2 . l]heptane (70 mg, 0.24 mmol),
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (75.53 mg, 0.26 mmol) and potassium carbonate (66.29 mg, 0.48 mmol) in dioxane / water (5: 1, 3.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II)di chloride (3.5 mg, 0.048 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 120 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and resulting residue was purified by PR-HPLC (Basic) to afford
5-[6-(3-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-3-yl)-4-[(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl]-2-p yridyl]-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (24.55 mg, 24.6% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 416.1 ; H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.15 (t, J= 74.0 Hz, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 2H), 5.54 (s, 1H), 4.76 - 4.74 (m, 2H), 4.62 (s, 1H), 3.73 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.45 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.33 (s, 2H), 3.10 (d, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H), 2.88 - 2.86 (m, 1H), 1.88 - 1.81 (m, 4H), 1.27 - 1.26 (m, 2H).
METHOD E: Step 1 - Synthesis of
(1 S,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-methylsulfonyl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane (70929-339-C)
Figure imgf000081_0001
To a solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-methylsulfonyl-pyrimidine (3.41 g, 15 mmol) and (l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane hydrochloride (2.03 g, 15.0 mmol) in
N,N-dimethylacetamide (40.5 mL), was added N,N-diisopropylethylamine (6.60 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 30 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated to a solid. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using an 80 g column, with a gradient of 0% to 100% ethyl acetate in heptane. The combined fractions containing product were concentrated under reduced pressure to provide
(1 S,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-methylsulfonyl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane (3.03 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 6.30 (s, 1H), 3.98 - 3.81 (m, 3H), 3.45 - 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 2.16 - 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.95 - 1.86 (m, 1H). Step 2 - Synthesis of
6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-2'- amine (70929-339-E)
Figure imgf000082_0001
To a solution of
(1 S,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-methylsulfonyl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane (500 mg, 1.73 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrimidin-2-amine (382 mg, 1.73 mmol), and [l , l '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium (II) (63.8 mg, 0.0863 mmol) in acetonitrile (6.90 mL) was added potassium acetate in water (3.45 mL) in a microwave vial equipped with a stirbar. The mixture was microwaved at
1 10°C for 5 min. The solid was and washed with ethyl acetate (5 mL) filtered under vacuum, providing
6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-2'- amine (598 mg, crude). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.02 (d, J = 5.6, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 7.40-6.97 (m, 1H), 7.28 (s, 2H), 5.14 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (d, J = 27.9 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (d, J = 7.7, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.76 - 3.66 (m, 1H), 3.60 - 3.51 (m, 1H), 3.50 - 3.41 (m, 1H), 3.35 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 3H), 1.95 (d, J = 22.0 Hz, 2H).
Step 3 - Synthesis of
2-(azetidin-l -yl)-6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-2'-a mine
Figure imgf000082_0002
5-[2-methylsulfonyl-6-[(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl]pyrimidin-4- yl]pyrimidin-2-amine (30.0 mg, 0.861 mmol), azetidine hydrochloride (24.7 mg, 0.258 mmol), potassium carbonate (71.4 mg, 0.517 mmol), and 1 -methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (0.861 mL) were combined in a reaction flask and heated to 130 °C for 16 hrs. The reaction was filtered and purified by reverse phase column chromatography using a gradient of 20% to 60% acetonitrile in 0.1% ammonium hydroxide in water. The combined fractions containing product were concentrated under reduced pressure to provide
2-(azetidin-l-yl)-6-((l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-[4,5'-bipyrimidin]-2'-a mine. IH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.87 (s, 2H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 4.95 (s, lH), 4.66 (s, IH), 3.99 (t, J =7.5 Hz, 4H), 3.77 (dd, J = 7.3, 1.5 Hz, IH), 3.64 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, IH), 3.43 (dd, J = 10.5, 1.5 Hz, 1H),3.40 - 3.32 (m, IH), 3.17 (s, IH), 2.24 (p, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.85 (s, 2H).
METHOD F:
Preparation of
6-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-yl)-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-5'-(trifluoromethyl)-[2,3'-bipy ridin]-6'-amine
Figure imgf000083_0001
Synthesis of 2,6-dichloro-4-(piperidin-4-yl)pyridine.
Figure imgf000084_0001
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate ( 2 g, 6.06 mmol) in DCM(2 mL) was added TFA (3 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction solution was concentrated to afford
2,6-dichloro-4-(piperidin-4-yl)pyridine as TFA salt, which was used without further purification. LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ =231.1.
Synthesis of 2,6-dichloro-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyridine
Figure imgf000084_0002
A solution of 2,6-dichloro-4-(piperidin-4-yl)pyridine (2 g, 8.7 mmol) and oxetan-3-one (6.26g, 87 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was stirred at 70 oC for 30min and then sodium cyanoborohydride ( 2.74g , 43.5mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture solution was stirred at 70 oC for additional 30min. The reaction solution was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude product which was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to afford
2,6-dichloro-4-(l -(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyridine. (2 g, 88.7% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 286.7.
Step 3 : Synthesis of
2-chloro-6-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-yl)-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyridine
Figure imgf000084_0003
A mixture of 2,6-dichloro-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyridine (450 mg, 1.57 mmol), 3-methoxyazetidine hydrochloride (963 mg, 7.83 mmol) and DIPEA (3 mL, 16.9 mmol) in DMSO (5 mL) was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. The mixture was poured into water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2S04, evaporated and purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to give
2-chloro-6-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-yl)-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyridine (320 mg, 60.3% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ =337.8
Step 4: Synthesis of
6-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-yl)-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-5'-(trifluoromethyl)-[2,3'-bipy ridin]-6'-amine
Figure imgf000085_0001
To a solution of
2-chloro-6-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-yl)-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyridine (80mg, 0.24 mmol), 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-amine (140 mg,0.48 mmol) and cesium carbonate (160 mg,0.48 mmol) in dioxane/H20 (5: 1 , 4mL) was added [1,1 '-bis (diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium (II) (18 mg, 0.024 mmol) under nitrogen. The mixture was irradiated by microwave at 110 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated and purified by Prep-HPLC to afford
6-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-yl)-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-5'-(trifluoromethyl)-[2,3'-bipy ridin]-6'-amine (68.3mg 61.5%, yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ =464, 1HNMR (400MHz,
CDC13),88.745(s,lH),88.363(s,lH),88.232(s,lH),88.832(s,lH),86.109(s,lH),85.642(s,2H), δ4.74-4,67(ηι,4Η),δ 4.39-4.22 (m,3H),5 3.94-3.90 (m, 2H), δ 3.63-3.56(m, 1H), δ 3.346(s, 3Η),δ 2.980(d,
Figure imgf000085_0002
2.55-2.46 (m,lH), δ 2.06-1.99 (m, 1Η),δ 1.93-1.87(m, 4H).LCMS:464.0(M+1). METHOD G:
6-(3-methoxyazetidin-l-yl)-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)-5'-(trifluoromethyl)-[2 ,3'-bipyridin]-6'-amine Step 1 : l-(2,6-dichloro-4-pyridyl)cyclobutanecarbonitrile
Figure imgf000086_0001
To a stirring solution of 2,4,6-trichloropyridine (1.00 g, 5.48 mmol) and cyclobutanecarbonitrile (0.53 mL, 5.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (27 mL) at -78°C and under nitrogen was added lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (6.0 mL, 6.0 mmol, 1.0 M solution in THF). The cooling bath was removed and stirring continued for 1 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. aq. NH4C1, extracted with CH2CI2 and organics dried over MgS04. Following concentration, the reaction residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0 heptanes/EtOAc - 85: 15 heptanes/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.995 g, 76%); *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.34 (s, 2H), 2.92 - 2.80 (m, 2H), 2.68 - 2.40 (m, 3H), 2.23 - 2.08 (m, 1H).
Step 2:
1 -[2-(2-aminopyrimidin-5-yl)-6-(3-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexan-3-yl)-4-pyridyl]cyclobutanecarb onitrile
Figure imgf000086_0002
To a solution of l-(2,6-dichloro-4-pyridyl)cyclobutanecarbonitrile (100 mg, 0.440 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (0.44 mL) was added 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane hydrochloride (60 mg, 0.48 mmol) and potassium carbonate (122 mg, 0.881 mmol). The vessel was sealed and the reaction mixture stirred at 100°C for 92 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was diluted with diethyl ether and washed with water (2x), brine (lx) and dried over MgS04 and concentrated to dryness. The following compounds were added to the crude product:
2-aminopyridine-5-boronic acid pinacol ester (110 mg, 0.48 mmol),
chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-l,r-biphenyl)[2-(2-aminoethyl)phen yl)]palladium(II) (16.6 mg, 0.0220 mmol), 2-Dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (21.4 mg, 0.0440 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic (289 mg, 1.32 mmol). Under a stream of nitrogen, anhydrous, degassed THF (1.3 mL) and degassed water (0.22 mL) were added and the vial was sealed tightly. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80°C for 3 h, cooled to rt, and filtered through Celite, rinsing with CH2CI2. The residue obtained after concentration was purified by RPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (85.4 mg, 58% over 2 steps); H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.92 (s, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (br s, 2H), 6.46 (d, J = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 4.95 - 4.81 (m, 1H), 3.44 (s, 2H), 3.01 - 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.75 - 2.64 (m, 4H), 2.39 - 2.18 (m, 1H), 2.11 - 1.92 (m, 3H), 1.41 - 1.27 (m, 2H). METHOD H:
[3 - [6- [2-amino-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5 -yl] -2-methyl-pyrimidin-4-yl]- 1 -pipe ridyl] -phenyl-methanone.
Figure imgf000087_0001
A solution of tert-butyl
3-(6-chloro-2-methyl-pyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (40 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.00 equiv),
5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-2-amine (40 mg, 0.14 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and [1,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II)] (10 mg, 0.013 mmol, 0.1 equiv) in Acetonitrile (1.0 mL) was mixed with 1M potassium carbonate solution in water (420 uL, 0.42 mmol, 3.2 equiv) and stirred at 90°C for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was extracted with DCM (3 mL) and H20 (2 mL). The organic phase was removed, dried over sodium sulfate, and passed through a filter. The resulting organic phase was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was mixed with methanol (1.0 mL) and 4M hydrogen chloride in dioxane (325 uL, 1.3 mmol, 10 equiv). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. A solution of crude product, benzoic acid (15 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.0 equiv), HBTU (50 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and
Triethylamine (90 uL, 0.65 mmol, 5.0 equiv) in DMF (1.0 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the crude product was purified by Prep-HPLC (Column, Sunfire C18 19x150; mobile phase, CH3CN:NH4C03/H20 (10 mmol/L) = 5%-85%, lOmin; Detector, UV 254 nm) to give 21.8 mg (38%) of
[3-[6-[2-amino-4-(trifluoromethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]-2-methyl-pyrimidin-4-yl]-l-piperidyl]-p henyl-methanone as an off white solid, IH NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.63 (s, IH), 7.66 (s, 2H), 7.46 - 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.42 - 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.01 (s, IH), 4.65 - 4.37 (m, IH), 4.08 (q, J = 5.3 Hz, IH), 3.77 - 3.51 (m, IH), 3.17 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.14 - 2.89 (m, 3H), 2.10 - 2.02 (m, IH), 1.91 - 1.50 (m, 3H). METHOD I: l-[6-[6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)-3-pyridyl]-2-(3-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-3-yl)py rimidin-4-yl]cyclobutanecarbonitrile
Step 1 : l-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)cyclobutanecarbonitrile
Figure imgf000088_0001
To a stirring solution of 2,4,6-trichloropyrimidine (1.00 g, 5.45 mmol) and cyclobutanecarbonitrile (0.53 mL, 5.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (27 mL) at -78°C and under nitrogen was added lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (6.0 mL, 6.0 mmol, 1.0 M solution in THF) over 3 min. The cooling bath was removed after 5 further min, and stirring continued for 3 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. aq. NH4C1, extracted with CH2CI2 and organics dried over MgS04. Following concentration, the reaction residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0 heptanes/EtOAc - 85: 15 heptanes/EtOAc) to afford the title compound as a colorless solid (0.147 g, 12%); !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.54 (s, IH), 2.97 - 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.82 - 2.67 (m, 2H), 2.51 - 2.35 (m, IH), 2.35 - 2.16 (m, IH).
Step 2:
l-[6-[6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)-3-pyridyl]-2-(3-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-3-yl)pyrimidin- 4-yl] cyclobutanecarbonitrile
Figure imgf000089_0001
Into a vial was weighed l-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)cyclobutanecarbonitrile (64.2 mg, 0.281 mmol), 2-aminopyridine-5-boronic acid inacol ester (64.2 mg, 0.281 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (16.3 mg, 5 mol %), and sodium carbonate (90 mg, 0.84 mmol). Under a stream of nitrogen, anhydrous, degassed THF (0.84 mL) and degassed water (0.14 mL) were added and the vial was sealed tightly. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90°C for 68 h, cooled to rt, filtered through Celite rinsing with CH2CI2, and concentrated to dryness. To this crude product was added 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane hydrochloride (49 mg, 0.39 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.147 mL, 0.844 mmol), and anhydrous DMF (1.1 mL). The vessel was sealed and the reaction mixture stirred at 80°C for 4.5 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was concentrated and the residue subjected to RPLC purification to yield the title compound as a white solid (36.9 mg, 39% over 2 steps); H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.23 (t, J = 74.0 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.70 (br s, 2H), 4.95 (m, 1H), 3.54 (s, 2H), 2.99 - 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 2.72 - 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.32 - 2.18 (m, 1H), 2.13 - 1.94 (m, 3H), 1.45 - 1.38 (m, 2H).
METHOD J:
Step 1 : tert-butyl 3-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000089_0002
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, zinc dust (6.91 g, 105 mmol) was suspended in NN-dimethylacetamide (10 mL) and 1,2-dibromoethane (1.08 mL, 12.4 mmol) was added, followed by careful addition of trimethylsilylchloride (1.61 mL, 12.4 mmol) and was added cautiously over 5 min while the flask sat on a bed of ice. The bath was removed, and after stirring for a further 15 min, a solution of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-iodoazetidine (25.1 g, 86.9 mmol) in NN-dimethylacetamide (30 mL) was added over 30 min and stirring was continued for an additional 30 min. In the open atmosphere, this mixture was filtered through Celite as quickly as possible, rinsing with NN-dimethylacetamide (100 mL). The resulting yellow solution was injected into a separately prepared, nitrogen flushed vessel containing [l,l-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (2.56 g, 3.10 mmol), copper(I) iodide (1.18 g, 6.21 mmol) and 2,6-dichloro-4-iodopyridine (17.0 g, 62.1 mmol) and this mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 19.5 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water (3x). On the third time, filtration through Celite was necessary to break the emulsion, following which, the organics were washed with brine and then dried over MgS04. After being freed of volatiles, the resultant residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0 - 70:30 heptanes/EtOAc) to afford tert-butyl
3-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate as a white solid (10.98 g, 58%); !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.22 (s, 2H), 4.35 (dd, J= 8.7, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (dd, J= 8.7, 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.73 - 3.61 (m, 1H), 1.47 (s, 9H).
Step 2: 2,6-dichloro-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)azetidin-3-yl)pyridine
Figure imgf000090_0001
A solution of tert-butyl 3-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (0.940 g, 3.10 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (3.1 mL) was stirred for 1 h, and then concentrated to dryness to afford the TFA salt as a white solid. The solid was re-suspended in anhydrous THF (12.4 mL) and submitted to the action of triethylamine (2.62 mL, 18.6 mmol) and 3-oxetanone (0.60 mL, 9.3 mmol). After stirring for 10 min, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.07 g, 9.30 mmol) was added and stirring continued for 18.5 h at 35 °C. The reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2 and washed with sat. aq. NaHC03 and organics dried over MgS04. Concentration gave sufficiently pure
2,6-dichloro-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)azetidin-3-yl)pyridine as a yellow liquid (640 mg, 80% over 2 steps); 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.27 (s, 2H), 4.72 (dd, J= 6.5, 5.3 Hz, 2H), 4.54 (dd, J = 6.5, 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.82 - 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.77 - 3.71 (m, 2H), 3.67 - 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.32 - 3.27 (m, 2H).
Step 3:
6-cyclopropyl-5'-(difluoromethoxy)-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)azetidin-3-yl)-[2,3'-bipyridin]-6'- ne
Figure imgf000091_0001
A vial was charged with 2,6-dichloro-4-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)azetidin-3-yl)pyridine (133 mg, 0.513 mmol), palladium(II) acetate (5.8 mg, 5 mol %), butyldi-l-adamantylphosphine (14.5 mg, 7.5 mol %), potassium cyclopropyltrifluoroborate (79.9 mg, 0.523 mmol), and cesium carbonate (502 mg, 1.54 mmol) and purged under nitrogen before the addition of degassed toluene (2.6 mL) and deionized water (0.25 mL). The mixture was stirred at 110 °C overnight and then cooled to rt. To the mixture was added
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (220 mg, 0.770 mmol),
chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-l,r-biphenyl)[2-(2-aminoethyl)phen yl)]palladium(II) (38.7 mg, 0.0513 mmol),
2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (50.0 mg, 0.103 mmol), and potassium phosphate tribasic monohydrate (366 mg, 1.54 mmol). The vial was purged with nitrogen gas, sealed, and stirred at 110 °C for 2 h. After cooling to rt, the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The reaction residue thus obtained was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0 - 80:20 CH2Cl2/MeOH) and by RPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (22.9 mg, 12% over 2 steps); ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.53 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (t, J= 74.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 6.35 (br s, 2H), 4.62 - 4.50 (m, 2H), 4.45 - 4.32 (m, 2H), 3.82 - 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.70 - 3.60 (m, 3H), 3.28 - 3.23 (m, 2H), 2.17 - 2.03 (m, 1H), 1.05 - 0.85 (m, 4H).
METHOD K:
5-(2-Cyclopropyl-6-(l-ethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)p yridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000092_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of
5-(2-chloro-6-(l -ethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amin e
Figure imgf000092_0002
To a microwave vial charged with
5-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)-pyridin-2-amine (0.10 g, 0.33 mmol), l-ethyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-lH-pyrazole (0.080 g, 0.35 mmol), and cesium carbonate (160 mg, 0.49 mmol) in 4: 1 1,4-dioxane / water (4.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (22 mg, 0.03 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 50 °C for 15 min. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (16% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether→ 100% ethyl acetate) to provide
5-(2-chloro-6-(l -ethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amin e (0.090 g, 75% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 366.8.
Step 2: Synthesis of
5-(2-cyclopropyl-6-(l-ethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2 -amine To a microwave vial charged with
5-(2-chloro-6-(l -ethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amin e (0.090 g, 0.25 mmol), cyclopropylboronic acid (43 mg, 0.49 mmol),
(lS,3R,5R,75)-l,3,5,7-tetramethyl-8-phenyl-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphaadamantane (6 mg, 0.02 mmol), cesium carbonate (160 mg, 0.49 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3.0 mL) was added tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(O) (19 mg, 0.02 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 130 °C for 2 h. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative-HPLC to provide
5-(2-cyclopropyl-6-(l-ethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2 -amine (23 mg, 25% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 373.1. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 8.08 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 6.62 (t, JHF = 73.2 Hz, 1H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 4.26 (¾ J = 7.2 Hz, 2H)), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.57 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (m, 2H), 1.08 (m, 2H).
METHOD L:
5-(2-Cyclopropyl-6-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluorometh oxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000093_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of teri-butyl
4-(6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-l-carbo xylate
Figure imgf000094_0001
To a microwave vial charged with teri-butyl
4-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.45 mmol),
3- (difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (155 mg, 0.541 mmol), potassium acetate (62 mg, 0.63 mmol), sodium carbonate (67 mg, 0.63 mmol) in 5: 1 acetonitrile / water (3.0 mL) was added
bis(di-teri-butyl(4-dimethylaminophenyl)phosphine) dichloropalladium (II) (32 mg, 0.045 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 140 °C for 40 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (1 : 1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) to provide teri-butyl
4- (6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-l-carbo xylate (0.070 g, 34% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 456.1
Step 2: Synthesis of teri-butyl
4-(6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-l- carboxylate
Figure imgf000094_0002
To a solution of teri-butyl
4-(6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-l-carbo xylate (0.060 g, 0.13 mmol), cyclopropylboronic acid (23 mg, 0.26 mmol), potassium phosphate (56 mg, 0.26 mmol) and
(lS,3R,5R)-l,3,5,7-tetramethyl-8-phenyl-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphaadamantane (0.4 mg, 0.001 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (3 mL) was added tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(O) (12 mg, 0.013 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen (3 min) and heated at 110 °C. After 16 h, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, and the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20 mL). The resulting solution was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 20 mL). The collected organic was concentrated in vacuo. Purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (15: 1 dichloromethane / methanol) provided teri-butyl
4-(6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-l- carboxylate (25 mg, 41% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 462.2.
Step 3 : Synthesis of
5-(2-cyclopropyl-6-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000095_0001
To a solution of teri-butyl
4- (6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)piperidine-l- carboxylate (25 mg, 0.054 mmol) in ethyl acetate (2 mL) was added 4 M hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (2 mL). After 1 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was used without further purification. Step 4: Synthesis of
5- (2-cyclopropyl-6-(l-(oxetan-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyri din-2-amine
To a solution of
5-(2-cyclopropyl-6-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (0.020 g, 0.054 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added oxetan-3-one (8 mg, 0.1 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (7 mg, 0.1 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 70 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo.
Purification by preparative-HPLC afforded
5 -(2-cyclopropyl-6-( 1 -(oxetan-3 -yl)piperidin-4-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3 -(difluoromethoxy)pyri din-2-amine (3 mg, 6% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 418.2. !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 6.59 (t, JHF = 73.2 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 4.64 - 4.71 (m, 4H), 3.52 (m, 1H), 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.24 (m, 1H), 1.95 - 1.92 (m, 6H), 1.17 (m, 2H), 1.05 (m, 2H).
METHOD M:
5 - [2-cyclobutyl-6-(3-morpholinoazetidin- 1 -yl)pyrimidin-4-yl] -3 -(difluoromethoxy) pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000096_0001
Under nitrogen, flame-dried magnesium shavings (120 mg, 4.9 mmol) were suspended in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1.2 mL). With rapid stirring, 1,2-dibromoethane (10 μί, 0.12 mmol) was added, followed by dropwise addition of bromocyclobutane (230 μί, 2.4 mmol). After 30 min, the homogenous solution thus obtained was added to a separate nitrogen purged vessel containing iron(III) acetylacetonate (2.2 mg, 0.0061 mmol) and 5-(2-chloro-6-(3-mo^holinoazetidin-l-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-a mine (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) in anhydrous N-methylpyrrolidinone (80 μί). After 5 min, the reaction was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. After drying the organics (MgS04), preparative HPLC purification afforded the title compound as a white solid (23.7 mg, 45%); lU NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.63 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, JHF = 13>.% Hz, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 6.53 (br s, 2H), 4.10 (dd, J= 8.9, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.89 (dd, J= 9.2, 5.0 Hz, 2H), 3.66 - 3.56 (m, 4H), 3.56 - 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.29 - 3.23 (m, 1H), 2.42 - 2.28 (m, 6H), 2.28 - 2.16 (m, 2H), 2.04 - 1.79 (m, 2H).
METHOD N:
5-(6-(azetidin-l-yl)-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(l-(l -methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)e thoxy)pyridin-2-amine - Enantiomer 1 and Enantiomer 2
Figure imgf000097_0001
Synthesis of 4-(azetidin-l-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine
Figure imgf000097_0002
A solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (5.0 g, 26 mmol), azetidine hydrochloride (2.64 g, 28.2 mmol) and NN-diisopropylethylamine (9.4 g, 77 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (25 mL) was stirred at 50 °C for 16 h. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give 4-(azetidin-l-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (4.0 g, 72% crude yield).
Synthesis of 4-(azetidin- 1 -yl)-6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidine
Figure imgf000097_0003
To a solution of 4-(azetidin-l-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methylthio)pyrimidine (4.0 g, 16 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (200 mL) was added weto-chloroperbenzoic acid (12.8 g, 51.9 mmol) at 15 °C. After 20 h, the reaction was diluted with saturated aqueous sodium sulfite solution (50 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with
dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL). The organic extracts were concentrated in vauco.
Purification by flash column chromatography (35%→ 40% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded 4-(azetidin-l-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidine (2.4 g, 52% yield).
Synthesis of 4-(azetidin-l-yl)-6-chloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000098_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of
4-(azetidin-l -yl)-6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidine (0.40 g, 1.6 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (20 mL, 0.5 M in tetrahydrofuran). After 2 h, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (20%→ 25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided
4-(azetidin-l-yl)-6-chloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidine (110 mg, 32% yield).
Step 4: Synthesis of
5 -(6-(azetidin- 1 -yl)-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)-3 -( 1 -( 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl)ethoxy)p yridin-2-amine
To a microwave vial charged with
4-(azetidin-l -yl)-6-chloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidine (110 mg, 0.52 mmol),
3-(l-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)ethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyr idin-2-amine (270 mg, 0.79 mmol, made by following the procedure described for the preparation of
3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine and making noncritical variations), and cesium carbonate (342 mg, 1.05 mmol) in 5: 1
1,4-dioxane / water (3.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (38.4 mg, 0.0525 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 110 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative-HPLC followed by chiral supercritical fluid chromatography to give Enantiomer 1 :
5 -(6-(azetidin- 1 -yl)-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)-3 -( 1 -( 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl)ethoxy)p yridin-2-amine (6.8 mg, 3.3% yield) LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 392.2. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.28 (s, 1H), 6.23 (s, 1H), 6.14 (s, 1H), 5.51 (m, 1 H), 4.99 (br s, 2 H), 4.10 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 4H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.72 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.09 (m, 2H), 0.93-0.90 (m, 2H). Enantiomer 2: 5 -(6-(azetidin- 1 -yl)-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)-3 -( 1 -( 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl)ethoxy)p yridin-2-amine (2.6 mg, 1.3% yield) MS (ESI) [MH]+ = 392.1 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.23 (s, 1 H), 7.76 (s, 1 H), 7.29 (s, 1 H), 6.24 (s, 1 H), 6.16 (s, 1 H), 5.53 (m, 1 H), 4.95 (br s, 2 H), 4.11 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 4 H), 3.90 (s, 3 H), 2.42 (m, 2 H), 2.06 (m, 1 H), 1.72 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3 H), 1.15 - 1.09 (m, 2 H), 0.95 - 0.92 (m, 2H).
METHOD O:
5-[2-Cyclopropyl-6-[(lS,45)-5-(2-methoxyethyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]hept: ]pyrimidin-4-yl] -3 -(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000099_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of 4,6-dichloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidine
Figure imgf000099_0002
To an ice-cooled solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidine (430 mg, 1.9 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (20 mL, 0.5 M in tetrahydrofuran). The reaction mixture was maintained at 0 °C for 1.5 h. Saturated aqueous potassium carbonate solution (50 mL) was added to the reaction, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (5% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided
4,6-dichloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidine (300 mg, 80% purity, 66% yield).
Step 3 : Synthesis of
(lS,45)-2-(6-chloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)-5-(2-methoxyethyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2 . l]heptane
Figure imgf000100_0001
A suspension of 4,6-dichloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidine (200 mg, 80% purity, 1 mmol), (lS,4S)-2-(2-methoxyethyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (165 mg, 1.06 mmol), and potassium carbonate (219 mg, 1.59 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (15 mL) was heated at 90 °C for 16 h. The reaction was filtered, and the filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 X 50 mL). The collected organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (1 : 1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) gave
(lS,45)-2-(6-chloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)-5-(2-methoxyethyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2 . l]heptane (60 mg, 20% yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 308.9. Step 4: Synthesis of
5-(2-cyclopropyl-6-((lS,45)-5-(2-methoxyethyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)pyrimi din-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
To a microwave vial charged with
(lS,45)-2-(6-chloro-2-cyclopropylpyrimidin-4-yl)-5-(2-methoxyethyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2 . l]heptane (60 mg, 0.2 mmol),
5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (88.6 mg, 0.291 mmol), and cesium carbonate (126.6 mg, 0.388 mmol) in 5: 1 1,4-dioxane / water (2.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (14.2 mg, 0.0194 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 100 °C for 30 min. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 10 mL). The collected organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford 5-(2-cyclopropyl-6-((lS,45)-5-(2-methoxyethyl)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)pyrimi din-4-yl)-3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (27 mg, 31% yield). MS (ESI): [MH]+ = 451.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 6.28 (br s, 1H), 4.96 (br s, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.37 - 3.35 (m, 4H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.11 - 2.06 (m, 2H), 1.27 (m, 1H), 1.12 (m, 2H), 0.95 (m, 2H).
METHOD P: 3 -(Difluoromethoxy)-5 - [6- [3-fluoro-3 -methyl-pyrrolidin- 1 -yl]-4- [ 1 -(oxetan-3 -yl)az etidin-3-yl]-2-pyridyl]pyridin-2-amine - Enantiomer 1 and Enantiomer 2
Figure imgf000101_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of teri-butyl
3-(2-chloro-6-(3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl)pyridin-4-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000101_0002
A solution of teri-butyl 3-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.49 mmol), 3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride (343 mg, 2.47 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (639 mg, 4.95 mmol) in NN-dimethylformamide (5.0 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 12 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was poured into water, and resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided teri-butyl 3-(2-chloro-6-(3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyridin-4-yl)azetidine-l -carboxylate (165 mg, 90% yield).
Step 2: Synthesis of teri-butyl
3-(6'-amino-5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-(3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl)-[2,3'-bipyridin]-4-yl )azetidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000102_0001
To a mixture of teri-butyl
3-(2-chloro-6-(3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyridin-4-yl)-azetidine-l -carboxylate (165 mg, 0.45 mmol),
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (191 mg, 0.67 mmol) and cesium carbonate (440 mg, 1.35 mmol) in 5 : 1 1 ,4-dioxane / water (8 mL) was added l ,l '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (33 mg, 0.05 mmol) under nitrogen. The resulting solution was heated at 100 °C for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was poured into water, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided teri-butyl
3-(6'-amino-5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-(3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidin-l -yl)-[2,3'-bipyridin]-4-yl )azetidine- l -carboxylate (180 mg, 81 % yield).
Step 3 : Synthesis of
4-(azetidin-3-yl)-5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-(3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidin-l -yl)-[2,3'-bipyridin] -6'-amine
Figure imgf000102_0002
A solution of teri-butyl
3-(6'-amino-5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-(3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidin-l -yl)-[2,3'-bipyridin]-4-yl )azetidine- l -carboxylate (120 mg, 0.24 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield crude 4-(azetidin-3-yl)-5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-(3-fl
-6'-amine which was used without further purification.
Step 4: Synthesis of
3- (difluoromethoxy)-5-[6-[3-fluoro-3-methyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-4-[l-(oxetan-3-yl)azetidin-3- yl]-2-pyridyl]pyridin-2-amine - Enantiomer 1 and Enantiomer 2
To a solution of
4- (azetidin-3-yl)-5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-(3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidin-l-yl)-[2,3'-bipyri -6'-amine (95 mg, 0.24 mmol) and oxetan-3-one (87 mg, 1.2 mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (2 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (512 mg, 2.41 mmol). The suspension was heated at 60 °C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting crude product was purified by the chiral supercritical fluid chromatography to provide Enantiomer 1 :
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-[6-[3-fluoro-3-methyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-4-[l-(oxetan-3-yl)azetidin-3- yl]-2-pyridyl]pyridin-2-amine (15.5 mg, 14.4% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 449.9. *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.57 (t, JHF = 73.2 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 4.87 (br s, 2H), 4.75 - 4.72 (m, 2H), 4.60 - 4.57 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.76 (m, 7H), 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 2.34 (m, 1H), 2.1 1 (m, 1H), 1.65 (d, JHF = 20.4 Hz, 3H) and Enantiomer 2:
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-[6-[3-fluoro-3-methyl-pyrrolidin-l-yl]-4-[l-(oxetan-3-yl)azetidin-3- yl]-2-pyridyl]pyridin-2-amine (15.5 mg, 14.4% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 449.9. *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.57 (t, JHF = 73.6 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 4.87 (br s, 2H), 4.75 - 4.72 (m, 2H), 4.60 - 4.58 (m, 2H), 3.82-3.79 (m, 7H), 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 2.34 (m, 1H), 2.11 (m, 1H), 1.65 (d, JHF = 20.4 Hz, 3H).
METHOD Q:
3-(Difluoromethoxy)-5-[6-[(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl]-2-(2,2,2- trifluoroethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000103_0001
Step 1 Synthesis of 4,6-dimethoxy-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidine
Figure imgf000104_0001
To a solution of dimethyl malonimidate dihydrochloride (1.39 g, 6.83 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) at -50 °C was added NN-diisopropylethylamine (4.41 g, 34.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL). After 20 min, 3,3,3-trifluoropropanoyl chloride (1.00 g, 6.83 mmol) was added at -30 °C. The resulting mixture was warmed to room temperature for 16 h and diluted with water (40 mL). The organic was separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (5% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided 4,6-dimethoxy-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidine (150 mg, 10% yield) as a yellow oil. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 5.97 (s, 1H), 3.94 (s, 6H), 3.58 {< , JHF = 10.4 Hz, 2H).
Step 2: Synthesis of 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidine-4,6-diol
Figure imgf000104_0002
The solution of 4,6-dimethoxy-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidine (0.60 g, 2.7 mmol), chlorotrimethylsilane (880 mg, 8.1 mmol) and sodium iodide (1.21 g, 8.10 mmol) in acetonitrile (3 mL) was heated at 90 °C with microwave irradiation for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to provide crude
2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidine-4,6-diol (800 mg) as a brown solid.
Step 3: Synthesis of 4,6-dichloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidine
Figure imgf000104_0003
A solution of 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidine-4,6-diol (100 mg, 0.5 mmol) in phosphoryl trichloride (20 mL) was refluxed for 48 h. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was neutralized with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 15 mL). The collected organic was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (10: 1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) afforded
4,6-dichloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidine (0.020 g, 17% yield) as a colorless oil. H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.41 (s, 1H), 3.77 (q, JHF = 10.0 Hz, 2H).
Step 4: Synthesis of
(lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(2,2,2 rifluoroethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hepta ne
Figure imgf000105_0001
A solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidine (100 mg, 0.433 mmol),
(lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane hydrochloride (88 mg, 0.649 mmol) and
N,N-diisopropylethylamine (280 mg, 2.16 mmol) in NN-dimethylformamide (10 mL) was heated at 70 °C for 2 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The collected organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (5 : 1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) afforded
(lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hepta ne (0.070 g, 55% yield) as a white solid.
Step 5 : Synthesis of
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2,2 rifluoroethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl) -3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
To a microwave vial charged with
(lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hepta ne (0.070 g, 0.24 mmol),
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (149 mg, 0.477 mmol), and cesium carbonate (155 mg, 0.477 mmol) in 5: 1 1,4-dioxane / water (3.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (17.4 mg. 0.0238 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 110 °C for 30 min. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The collected organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative HPLC afforded
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2,2 rifluoroethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl) -3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (38 mg, 39% yield) as a brown solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH = 417.9; *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.52 (s, IH), 8.00 (s, IH), 6.60 (t, JHF = 72.0 Hz, 2H), 6.42 (s, IH), 5.26 (br.s, IH), 4.98 (m, 2H), 4.77 (m, IH), 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.52 - 3.63 (m, 4H), 2.02 (m, 2H).
METHOD R:
5-[2-(2,2-Difluoroethyl)-6-[(lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl]pyrimidin -4-yl]-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000106_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-((ii)-2-ethoxyvinyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)- 3 -(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000106_0002
To a microwave vial charged with
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluorome thoxy)pyridin-2-amine (0.300 g, 0.811 mmol),
(i?)-2-(2-ethoxyvinyl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolane (0.241 g, 1.22 mmol), and cesium carbonate (0.793 g, 2.43 mmol) in 5: 1 1,4-dioxane / water (3.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (0.10 g, 0.13 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 110 °C for 1 h. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (66% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to afford
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-((ii)-2-ethoxyvinyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)- 3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (311 mg, 94.8% yield) as a brown solid. LCMS (ESI):
Figure imgf000107_0001
Step 2: Synthesis of
2-(4-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hepta n-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)acetaldehyde
Figure imgf000107_0002
A solution of
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-((ii)-2-ethoxyvinyl)-pyrimidin-4-yl)- 3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (0.300 g, 0.739 mmol) in 1 : 1 dichloromethane / trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL) was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting yellow solid (351 mg, 100% crude yield) was used without further purification.
Step 3 : Synthesis of
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2-difluoroethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3 -(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
To an ice-cooled solution of
2-(4-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hepta n-5-yl)pyrimidin-2-yl)acetaldehyde (0.200 g, 0.531 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (171 mg, 1.06 mmol). After 2 min, the mixture was partitioned between saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and dichloromethane (20 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (ethyl acetate) to give
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]-heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2-difluoroethyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)- 3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (5.1 mg, 2.4% yield) as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH = 400.2. lH NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 6.91 (t, JHF = 73.6 Hz, 1H), 6.33 - 6.62 (m, 1H), 5.30 - 5.20 (m, 1H), 4.74 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.45 (m, 1H), 3.23 - 3.30 (m, 2H), 1.99 (m, 2H). METHOD S:
3-(Difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-norbornan- l-yl-6-[(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]hep tan-5-yl]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000108_0001
Synthesis of 2-(bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan- l-yl)-4,6-dichloropyrimidine
Figure imgf000108_0002
To a degassed mixture of 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (1.0 g, 6.7 mmol),
bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane-l-carboxylic acid (2.82 g, 20.1 mmol), and silver nitrate (2.28 g, 13.4 mmol) in 3 : 1 acetonitrile / water (20 mL) at 80 °C was added a solution of ammonium persulfate (1.53 g, 6.71 mmol) in water (5 mL). After 4 h, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, and a solution of ammonium hydroxide (8 mL) in water (32 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided 2-(bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-l-yl)-4,6-dichloropyrimidine (340 mg, 21% yield). *Η NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 7.21 (s, 1H), 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.00 - 2.06 (m, 2H), 1.72 - 1.80 (m, 6H), 1.43 - 1.48 (m, 2H).
Step 2: Synthesis of
(lS,45)-5-(2-(bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-l-yl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1] heptane
Figure imgf000109_0001
A solution of 2-(bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-l-yl)-4,6-dichloropyrimidine (0.10 g, 0.41 mmol), (lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane hydrochloride (56 mg, 0.41 mmol), and NN-diisopropylethylamine (159 mg, 1.23 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was heated at 60 °C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to afford
(lS,45)-5-(2-(bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-l-yl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1] heptane (0.10 g, 80% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 306.1.
Step 3 : Synthesis of
3-(Difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-norbornan-l-yl-6-[(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl ]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine
To a microwave vial charged with
(lS,45)-5-(2-(bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-l-yl)-6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1] heptane (0.080 g, 0.26 mmol),
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (0.090 g, 0.31 mmol), and cesium carbonate (170 mg, 0.52 mmol) in 5 :1 acetonitrile / water (3.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) di chloride (19 mg, 0.026 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at
120 °C for 25 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was purified by preparative- HPLC to give
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-norbornan-l-yl-6-[(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl ]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine (0.060 g, 53% yield) as a white solid. LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 430.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 6.58 (t, JHF = 73.2 Hz, 1H),
6.34 (s, 1H), 5.14 (m, 1H), 4.92 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.46 - 3.54 (m, 2H),
2.35 (m, 1H), 1.97 - 2.10 (m, 4H), 1.69 - 1.78 (m, 5H), 1.58 (s, 1H), 1.43 (m, 2H).
METHOD T: 3-(Difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-(3,3-difluoropyro
utyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000110_0001
3-(Difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(3-mo^holino-ira?7s-cycl obutyl)pyrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000110_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of 3-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)cyclobutanone
Figure imgf000110_0003
To a degassed solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (1.5 g, 0.010 mol), 3-oxocyclobutanecarboxylic acid (3.45 g, 30.2 mmol), and silver nitrate (3.42 g, 20.1 mmol) in 1 : 1 acetonitrile / water (60 mL) was added 1.2 M aqueous (NH4)2S20s solution (20.1 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was treated with a solution of concentrated ammonium hydroxide (7.5 mL) in water (30 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 60 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated.
Purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (3 : 1 petroleum ether: ethyl acetate) afforded 3-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)cyclobutanone (0.40 g, 18% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.20 (s, 1H), 3.60 (m, 1H), 3.36 - 3.49 (m, 4H).
Step 2: Synthesis of
3-(6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)cyclobutanone
Figure imgf000111_0001
To a solution of 3-(2,6-dichloropyrimidin-4-yl)cyclobutanone (0.60 g, 2.8 mmol), 3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (790 mg, 2.8 mmol), and cesium carbonate (1.8 g, 5.5 mmol) in 5 : 1 1 ,4-dioxane / water (120 mL) was added 1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (200 mg, 0.276 mmol) under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 80 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether→ 100% ethyl acetate) afforded 3-(6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)cyclobutanoneas (560 mg, 60% yield) a yellow solid.
Step 3 : Synthesis of
3 -(6-(6-amino-5 -(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3 -yl)-2-(3 ,3 -difluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrimidin-4 -yl)cyclobutanone
Figure imgf000112_0001
A suspension of
3-(6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-cyclobutanone (0.20 g, 0.59 mmol), 3,3-difluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride (336 mg, 2.35 mmol), and potassium carbonate (811 mg, 5.88 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (15 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (1 :3 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) provided
3 -(6-(6-amino-5 -(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3 -yl)-2-(3 ,3 -difluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrimidin-4 -yl)cyclobutanone (0.070 g, 29% yield) as a yellow solid. LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 412.0.
Step 4: Synthesis of
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(3-mo^holino-c s-cyclobutyl)pyr imidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine and
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(3-morpholino-ira?7s-cyclobutyl)p yrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine
A solution of
3 -(6-(6-amino-5 -(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3 -yl)-2-(3 ,3 -difluoropyrrolidin- 1 -yl)pyrimidin-4 -yl)cyclobutanone (0.050 g, 0.12 mmol), morpholine (53 mg, 0.61 mmol), and acetic acid (0.5 mL) in dichloroethane (5 mL) was heated at 40 °C. After 30 min, sodium
triacetoxyborohydride (258 mg, 1.22 mmol) was added, and the mixture was maintained at 40 °C for another 8 h. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by
preparative-HPLC gave
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(3-mo^holino-c s-cyclobutyl)pyr imidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine (13 mg, 22% yield) MS (ESI) [MH]+ = 483.1. lH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 6.58 (t, JHF = 73.2 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (br s, 2H), 4.03 (t, J= 13.2 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (t, J= 12 Hz, 2H), 3.74 - 3.77 (m, 4H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.82 (m, 1H), 2.42 - 2.52 (m, 8H), 2.22 (m, 2H) and
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-(3,3-difluoropyrrolidin-l-yl)-6-(3-morpholino-ira?7s-cyclobutyl)p yrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine (3 mg, 5% yield). MS (ESI) [MH]+ = 483.1. !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 6.58 (t, JHF = 73.2 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (br s, 2H), 4.05 (t, J= 13.2 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (t, J= 12 Hz, 2H), 3.76 - 3.79 (m, 4H), 3.43 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 2.37 - 2.54 (m, 10H). METHOD U:
5-[2-(3,3-Difluorocyclobutyl)-6-[(lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl]pyri midin-4-yl]-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000113_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of 3-(4,6-dichloropyrimidin-2-yl)cyclobutanone
Figure imgf000113_0002
To a degassed solution of 4,6-dichloropyrimidine (5.0 g, 34 mmol),
3-oxocyclobutanecarboxylic acid (11.5 g, 101 mmol), and silver nitrate (11.4 g, 67.2 mmol) in 1 :1 acetonitnle / water (100 mL) was added a solution of (NH4)2S20s (15.3 g, 67.2 mmol) in water (13 mL). The reaction was heated at 80 °C for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was treated with a solution of ammonia hydroxide (10 mL, 28% wt) in water (40 mL). The resulting solution was extracted with dichloromethane (200 mL). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated.
Purification by flash column chromatography (6% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided 3-(4,6-dichloropyrimidin-2-yl)cyclobutanone (1.0 g, 14 % yield). H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 7.61 (s, 1H), 3.85 (m, 1H), 3.45 - 3.47 (m, 4H).
Step 2: Synthesis of 4,6-dichloro-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)pyrimidine
- I l l -
Figure imgf000114_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of 3-(4,6-dichloropyrimidin-2-yl)cyclobutanone (130 mg, 0.55 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (484 mg, 3.00 mmol). The mixture was then heated at 40 °C. After 3h, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30 mL) was added, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (16% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded 4,6-dichloro-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)pyrimidine (0.090 g, 63% yield). *H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 7.60 (s, IH), 3.57 (m, IH), 2.91 - 3.00 (m, 4H).
Step 3 : Synthesis of
(lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]he ptane
Figure imgf000114_0002
A solution of 4,6-dichloro-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)pyrimidine (0.090 g, 0.39 mmol), (lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane hydrochloride (55 mg, 0.41 mmol) and NN-diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was heated at 80 °C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded
(lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]he ptane (90 mg, 80% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 236.0.
Step 4: Synthesis of
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)pyrimidin-4 -yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine To a microwave vial charged with
(lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]he ptanes (60 mg, 0.2 mmol),
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (63 mg, 0.22 mmol), and cesium carbonate (131 mg, 0.402 mmol) in 6: 1 1 ,4-dioxane / water (2.0 mL) was added l ,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (15 mg, 0.02 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 110 °C for 30 min. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative-HPLC to give
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(3,3-difluorocyclobutyl)pyrimidin-4 -yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (21 mg, 16% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 426.1. !H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 6.90 (t, JHF = 73.6 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (br s, 1H), 5.23 (m, 1H), 4.74 (m, 1H), 3.89 (d, J= 12 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.30 - 3.39 (m, 2H), 2.84 - 2.88 (m, 4H), 1.95 - 2.00 (m, 2H).
METHOD V:
5-[2-[(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)methyl]-6-[(lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan -5 -yl]pyrimidin-4-yl] -3 -(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000115_0001
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-[2-(2,2-difluoro-3-methyl-cyclopropyl)-6-[(lS,45)-2-oxa-5-a zabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000115_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of
(lS,45)-5-(2-allyl-6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane
Figure imgf000116_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of
(lS,45)-5-(6-chloro-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo-[2.2.1 ]heptane (2.9 g, 0.010 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) was added a solution of 1 M allylmagnesium bromide (30 mL, 30 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C for 1 h. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) was added to the reaction. The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to afford (lS,45)-5-(2-allyl-6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo-[2.2.1]heptane as a clear oil (2.1 g, 83% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 251.8.
Step 2: Synthesis of
(lS,45)-5-(6-chloro-2-((2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)methyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicycl o[2.2.1]heptanes
Figure imgf000116_0002
(lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(2,2-difluoro-3-methylcyclopropyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyc lo[2.2.1]heptane
Figure imgf000116_0003
A solution of
(lS,45)-5-(2-allyl-6-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (1.0 g, 4.0 mmol), potassium iodide (1.49 g, 8.96 mmol), methyl 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetate (1.53 g, 7.96 mmol), and chlorotrimethylsilane (860 mg, 7.96 mmol) in 1 ,4-dioxane (5 mL) and diglyme (0.5 mL) was heated at 125 °C. After 8 h, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to afford
(lS,45)-5-(6-chloro-2-((2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)methyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicycl o[2.2.1 ]heptane (60 mg, 5% yield) and
(lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(2,2-difluoro-3-methylcyclopropyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyc lo[2.2.1]heptane (100 mg, 8% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 301.8. Step 3 : Synthesis of
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl)-2-((2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)methyl)py rimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
To a microwave vial charged with
(lS,45)-5-(6-chloro-2-((2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)methyl)-pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicycl o[2.2.1 ]heptane (0.050 g, 0.17 mmol),
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (48 mg, 0.17 mmol), and cesium carbonate (162 mg, 0.498 mmol) in 3 : 1 1 ,4-dioxane / water (4.0 mL) was added l ,l '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 125 °C for 1 h. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative-HPLC to provide
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl)-2-((2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)methyl)py rimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (0.010 g, 18% yield) as a white solid. LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 426.1. lH NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 6.90 (t, JHF = 73.6 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (br s, 1H), 5.21 (m, 1H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.80 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 2.87 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.99 - 2.1 1 (m, 3H), 1.50 (m, 1H), 1.16 (m, 1H).
Step 4: Synthesis of
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2-difluoro-3-methylcyclopropyl)p yrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
To a microwave vial charged with
(lS,4S)-5-(6-chloro-2-(2,2-difluoro-3-methylcyclopropyl)-pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicy clo[2.2.1]heptane (0.100 g, 0.332 mmol),
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (150 mg, 0.52 mmol), and cesium carbonate (510 mg, 1.56 mmol) in 5: 1 1,4-dioxane / water (6.0 mL) was added l ,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (20 mg, 0.03 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 125 °C for 2 h. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative-HPLC to provide
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2-difluoro-3-methylcyclopropyl)p yrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (21 mg, 20% yield) as a white solid.
LCMS (ESI) [MH = 426.1. lH NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.49 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 6.90 (t, Jj¾F = 73.6 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (br s, lH), 5.16 (m, lH), 4.72 (m, 1H), 3.76 - 3.87 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.40 (m, 1H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.30 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H). METHOD W:
5-[2-[2,2-difluorocyclopropyl]-6-[(lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl]pyr imidin-4-yl]-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine: Diastereomer 1 and diastereomer 2
Figure imgf000118_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of propanebis(thioamide)
S S
X X
To a solution of malononitrile (20 g, 0.30 mol) in ethanol (200 mL) was sequentially bubbled ammonia (gas) at -10 °C for 1 h followed by hydrogen sulfide (gas) at -10 °C for 5 h. The resulting mixture was warmed to 25 °C for 1 h and then to 50 °C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, propanebis(thioamide) was isolated by filtration (12.1 g, 30% yield) as a yellow solid. Step 2: Synthesis of dimethyl propanebis(imidothioate)
Figure imgf000119_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of propanebis(thioamide) (10.0 g, 74.6 mmol) in dimethoxyethane (200 mL) was added iodomethane (23.3 g, 0.164 mol). The reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C for 16 h. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the solid was rinsed with dimethoxyethane (100 mL). Concentrated in vacuo provided crude product as a yellow solid (18 g, 58% crude yield).
Step 3: Synthesis of 2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-4,6-bis(methylthio)pyrimidine
Figure imgf000119_0002
To a solution of dimethyl propanebis(imidothioate) (8.0 g, 19 mmol) in
dichloromethane (80 mL) was added dropwise NN-diisopropylethylamine (14.8 g, 115 mmol) at -30 °C. After 1 h, a solution of 2,2-difluorocyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (2.69 g, 19.1 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture. The reaction mixture was warmed to 25 °C. After 3 h, the reaction mixture was partitioned between water (300 mL) and dichloromethane (300 mL). The organic was separated, washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided 2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-4,6-bis(methylthio)pyrimidine (0.90 g, 19% yield) as a clear oil. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 249.0. Step 4: Synthesis of
5-(2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-6-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin- 2-amine
Figure imgf000120_0001
To a microwave vial charged with
2- (2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-4,6-bis(methylthio)pyrimidine (0.80 g, 3.2 mmol),
3- (difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyridin-2-amine(1.82 g, 6.45 mmol), and cesium carbonate (3.16 g, 9.68 mmol) in 4: 1 1,4-dioxane / water (10.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) dichloride (100 mg, 0.13 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 110 °C for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (50% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided
5-(2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-6-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin- 2-amine (110 mg, 9.5% yield) as a brown solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 361.0.
Step 5 : Synthesis of
5-(2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-6-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyri din-2-amine N-oxide
A solution of
5-(2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-6-(methylthio)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2 -amine (0.10 g, 0.28 mmol) and weia-chloroperbenzoic acid (167 mg, 0.972 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (20 mL), and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude
5-(2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-6-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyri din-2-amine N-oxide (53 mg, 46% yield, N-oxide position undetermined) as a brown solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 409.1.
Step 6: Synthesis of
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine N-oxide A suspension of
5-(2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)-6-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyri din-2-amine N-oxide (123 mg, 0.302 mmol), (lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane hydrochloride (122 mg, 0.900 mmol), and potassium carbonate (250 mg, 1.8 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL) was heated at 110 °C by microwave irradiation for 45 min. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed by saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography to provide
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)pyrimidin-
4- yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine N-oxide (61 mg, 47% yield, N-oxide position undetermined) as a brown solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 428.1. !H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.75 (s, IH), 8.00 (s, IH), 7.04 (t, JHF = 72.8 Hz, IH), 6.65 (br s, IH), 5.20 (m, IH), 4.74 (m, IH), 3.79 - 3.90 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, IH), 3.45 (m, IH), 2.92 (m, IH), 2.36 (m, IH), 1.99 (m, 2H), 1.82 (m, IH).
Step 7: Synthesis of
5- (6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-((5)-2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)pyrimi din-4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
A solution of
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)pyrimidin-
4- yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine N-oxide (0.060 g, 0.14 mmol) and
trichlorophosphine (25 mg, 0.18 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred at 25 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (40 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (20 mL). the collected organic was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Preparative chiral supercritical fluid chromatography provided diastereomer 1 :
5- (6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)pyrimidin-
4- yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (9.5 mg, 33% yield) as white solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 412.2. lH NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.51 (s, IH), 8.00 (s, IH), 6.91 (t, JHF = 73.6 Hz, IH), 6.60 (br s, IH), 5.15 (m, IH), 4.73 (m, IH), 3.88 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 3.80 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, IH), 3.56 (m, IH), 3.45 (m, IH), 2.90 (m, IH), 2.35 (m, IH), 1.98 - 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.82 (m, IH) and diastereomer 2:
5- (6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(2,2-difluorocyclopropyl)pyrimidin- 4-yl)-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (14 mg, 49% yield) as white solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH = 412.2. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 8.43 (s, IH), 7.93 (s, IH), 6.83 (t, JHF = 73.6 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (br s, 1H), 5.10 (m, 1H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 3.69 - 3.79 (m, 2H), 3.48 (m, 1H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 2.83 (m, 1H), 2.29 (m, 1H), 1.90 (m, 2H), 1.74 (m, 1H).
METHOD X:
2-[2-[6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)-3-pyridyl]-6-cyclopropyl-4-pyridyl]-2-methyl-p ropanenitrile
Figure imgf000122_0001
Synthesis of 2-(2-chloro-6-cyclopropylpyridin-4-yl)-2-methylpropanenitrile
Figure imgf000122_0002
To a solution of 2-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (150 mg, 0.697 mmol), cyclopropylboronic acid (120 mg, 1.4 mmol),
(lS,3R,5R,75)-l,3,5,7-tetramethyl-8-phenyl-2,4,6-trioxa-8-phosphaadamantane (2.0 mg, 7 μιηοΐ), potassium phosphate (296 mg, 1.39 mmol) and
tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (64 mg, 0.070 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was heated at 130 °C with microwave irradiation for 1 h. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (30% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded 2-(2-chloro-6-cyclopropylpyridin-4-yl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (75 mg, 49% yield). LCMS (ESI) [MH]+ = 220.8.
Step 2: Synthesis of
2-[2-[6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)-3-pyridyl]-6-cyclopropyl-4-pyridyl]-2-methyl-propane nitrile To a microwave vial charged with
2- (2-chloro-6-cyclopropylpyridin-4-yl)-2-methylpropanenitrile (75 mg, 0.34 mmol),
3- (difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (146 mg, 0.510 mmol), and cesium carbonate (221 mg, 0.680 mmol) in 5: 1 1,4-dioxane / water (3.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) di chloride (25 mg, 0.034 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 110 °C for 30 min. The reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC to afford 2-[2-[6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)-3-pyridyl]-6-cyclopropyl-4-pyridyl]-2-methyl-propane nitrile (75 mg, 64% yield). MS (ESI) [MH]+ = 345.13. !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.41 (s, lH), 7.18 (s, 1H), 6.60 {t, JHF = 73.2 Hz, 1H), 5.52 (br s, 2H), 2.98 (m, 1H), 1.77 (s, 6H), 1.14 (m, 2H), 1.05 (m, 2H).
METHOD Y: 5-[2-cyclopropyl-6-[(lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl]pyrimidin-4-yl]- 3 -(2-pyridylmethyl)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000123_0001
Synthesis of (2-aminopyridin-3-yl)(pyridin-2-yl)methanone
Figure imgf000123_0002
To a solution of 2-aminopyridine-3-carbonitrile (1.0 g, 8.39 mmol) and
2-bromopyridine (1.36 mL, 14.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (28 mL) at -40 °C (dry ice / acetonitrile bath) was added «-butyllithium (6.7 mL, 16.8 mmol, 2.5 M in hexanes) dropwise. The solution was warmed to 0 °C for 90 min. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was adsorbed onto silica and purified by flash column chromatography (0→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford the desired compound as a clear oil (539 mg, 32%).
Step 2: Synthesis of 3-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000124_0001
A microwave tube charged with (2-amino-3-pyridyl)-(2-pyridyl)methanone (439 mg, 2.20 mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (0.53 mL, 11.0 mmol) in ethylene glycol (11.1 mL) was heated to 120 °C for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and potassium hydroxide (371 mg, 6.61 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was then capped with a crimp-on septum and heated to 160 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was adsorbed onto silica and purified by flash column chromatography (0→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford the desired compound as a beige solid (217 mg, 53%).
Step 3: Synthesis of 5-bromo-3-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000124_0002
To a solution of 3-(2-pyridylmethyl)pyridin-2-amine (167 mg, 0.90 mmol) in acetonitrile (4.5 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (177 mg, 0.99 mmol) at room temperature. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was adsorbed onto silica and purified by flash column chromatography with (0→100% ethyl acetate in heptane) to afford the desired compound as a beige solid (140 mg, 45%).
Step 4: Synthesis of
3-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine H3C-T-^-CH3
H3C CH3
To a vial charged with 5-bromo-3-(2-pyridylmethyl)pyridin-2-amine (1 17 mg, 0.44 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (146 mg, 0.58 mmol),
1 , 1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II)dichloride dichloromethane complex (38 mg, 0.044 mmol), and potassium acetate (130 mg, 1.33 mmol) was added
1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (3.7 mL). Nitrogen was bubbled through the solution for 5 min. The reaction was then heated to 100 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and filtered through Celite®. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting crude residue was used without further purification.
Step 5 : Synthesis of
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptan-5-yl)-2-(methylsulfonyl)pyrimidin-4-yl)-3-( pyridin-2-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000125_0001
To a vial charged with
(lS,45)-5-(6-chloro-2-methylsulfonyl-pyrimidin-4-yl)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane (70 mg, 0.24 mmol),
3-(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (-0.44 mmol) and l, l '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II)dichloride dichloromethane complex (10 mg, 0.012 mmol) was added acetonitrile (1.6 mL) and 1.0 M potassium acetate aqueous solution (1.2 mL, 1.2 mmol). Nitrogen was bubbled through the solution for 4 min. The reaction mixture was capped and heated to 110 °C for 10 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and filtered through Celite® (eluting with dichloromethane then water). The layers of the filtrate were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x). The collected organic was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was adsorbed onto silica, and purified by flash column chromatography (0→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford the desired compound as a beige solid (84.4 mg, 80%).
Step 6: Synthesis of
5-[2-cyclopropyl-6-[(lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl]pyrimidin-4-yl]-3-(2-pyr idylmethyl)pyridin-2-amine
To a solution of
5-[2-methylsulfonyl-6-[(lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl]pyrimidin-4-yl]-3-(2- pyridylmethyl)pyridin-2-amine (84 mg, 0.192 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was added dropwise cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (3 mL, 1.73 mmol, 0.5 M in tetrahydrofuran). After 20 min, additional cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (3 mL, 1.73 mmol, 0.5 M in tetrahydrofuran) was added. After another 30 min, additional cyclopropylmagnesium bromide (3 mL, 1.73 mmol, 0.5 M in tetrahydrofuran) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was adsorbed onto silica and purified by flash column chromatography with (0→10% methanol in dichloromethane), and the product was further purified by preparative-HPLC to yield the title compound (6.0 mg, 7.8%) as a white solid.
METHOD Z:
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl) -3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000126_0001
Into a vial was weighed
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluorom ethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (60 mg, 0.16 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (4.5 mg, 0.0049 mmol), 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (9.6 mg, 0.019 mmol), potassium carbonate (112 mg, 0.811 mmol), copper(II) acetate (30.4 mg, 0.162 mmol), and 2-pyridinylboronic acid MIDA ester (60.0 mg, 0.243 mmol). The vial was purged with nitrogen gas, charged with 4: 1 anhydrous NN-dimethylformamaide / isopropanol (1.5 mL), sealed, and stirred at 100 °C for 19 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated to dryness, and the resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0→ 0:100 dichloromethane / [90:9: 1
dichloromethane / methanol / aqueous ammonium hydroxide]). The product was further purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (7.1 mg, 11%); H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.78 (s, 1H), 8.75 - 8.67 (m, 1H), 8.38 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.94 (ddd, J = 1.1, 7.7, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (ddd, J= 7.5, 4.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (t, J = 73.7 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 6.61 (br s, 2H), 5.45 - 4.98 (m, 1H), 4.85 - 4.67 (m, 1H), 3.91 - 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.72 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.65 - 3.35 (m, 2H), 2.02 - 1.85 (m, 2H). METHOD AA:
5-(6-((lS,4S)-2-Oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-yl )-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000127_0001
Into a vial was weighed
5-(6-((lS,45)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-5-yl)-2-chloropyrimidin-4-yl)-3-(difluorome thoxy)pyridin-2-amine (60 mg, 0.16 mmol),
chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropyl-l,r-biphenyl)[2-(2-aminoethyl)phen yl)]palladium(II) (6.1 mg, 0.0081 mmol), and
2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',4',6'-triisopropylbiphenyl (4.0 mg, 0.0081 mmol). The vial was purged with nitrogen gas, charged with 2-thiazolylzinc bromide (2.0 mL, 0.81 mmol, 0.5 M in tetrahydrofuran), sealed, and stirred at 100 °C overnight. Additional
[l,l-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (20 mg) was added and the reaction was stirred at 130 °C for 72 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The reaction residue thus obtained was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0→ 0: 100 dichloromethane / [90:9: 1 dichloromethane / methanol / aqueous ammonium hydroxide]). The product was further purified by preparative HPLC to afford the title compound as a white solid (24.5 mg, 36%); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.76 (s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (t, J = 73.1 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 6.67 (br s, 2H), 5.32 - 5.03 (m, 1H), 4.86 - 4.58 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.63 - 3.41 (m, 2H), 2.05 - 1.86 (m, 2H).
METHOD AB:
(lR*,5S*,6S*)-teri-Butyl
6-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000128_0001
and (lR*,5S*,6R*)-feri-Butyl
6-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000128_0002
Step 1 : (lR*,5S*,6S*)-3-teri-Butyl 6-ethyl
6-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3,6-dicarboxylate
Figure imgf000128_0003
Note: The ester starting material must be the endo stereoisomer and must be freshly purified by column chromatography. Thompson, A. D.; Huestis, M. P. J. Org. Chem. 2013, 78, 762-769. WARNING: Toxic hydrogen cyanide gas may be formed either under the reaction conditions or upon workup. Extreme caution should be used.
To a solution of (lR*,5S*,6S*)-3-teri-butyl 6-ethyl
3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3,6-dicarboxylate (1.779 g, 6.968 mmol) and
2,6-dichloroisonicotinonitrile (1.49 g, 8.36 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (35 mL) under nitrogen at -78 °C (dry ice, acetone) was added lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (9.7 mL, 9.7 mmol, 1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran [untitrated]). The cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 1 h. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution and diluted with ethyl acetate. The collected organic was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0→ 70:30 heptane / ethyl acetate) to afford the title compound as a green solid (1.179 g, 42%); H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.14 (s, 2H), 4.16 (q, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (d, J= 11.3 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (d, J= 11.3 Hz, 1H), 3.50 - 3.40 (m, 2H), 2.14 - 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.33 - 1.26 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 3H). Step 2: (lR*,5S*,6S*)-teri-Butyl
6-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
To a vial containing (lR*,5S*,6S*)-3-teri-Butyl 6-ethyl
6-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3,6-dicarboxylate (500 mg, 1.25 mmol) and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (525 mg, 12.5 mmol) was added anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (6.2 mL). The vial was sealed and heated at 1 10 °C for 6 h before cooling to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, and the solution was washed sequentially with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride. The collected organic was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (100:0→ 70:30 heptane / ethyl acetate) afforded the title compound as a white solid (328 mg, 80%); !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.89 (s, 2H), 3.85 - 3.65 (m, 2H), 3.54 - 3.44 (m, 2H), 1.97 - 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.71 - 1.66 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
Step 3: Synthesis of (lR*,5S*,6R*)-teri-Butyl
6-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
To a vial containing (lR*,5S*,6S*)-3-feri-Butyl 6-ethyl
6-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3,6-dicarboxylate (200 mg, 0.498 mmol) and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (220 mg, 4.98 mmol) was added 7: 1 tetrahydrofuan / water (1.9 mL). The vial was sealed and heated at 90 °C for 18.5 h before cooling to room temperature. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH ~ 1 -3 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The collected organic was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford the carboxylic acid as a white solid (178 mg, 96%). The solid was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (1 mL) with l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (0.300 mL, 1.99 mmol). The vial was sealed and heated at 110 °C for 19 h before cooling to room temperature. After concentration, the crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0→ 70:30 heptane / ethyl acetate). First to elute was (lR*,5S*,6S*)-teri-butyl
6-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (62 mg, 38%) (see above for characterization), followed by (lR*,5S*,6R*)-teri-butyl
6-(2,6-dichloropyridin-4-yl)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate as a white solid (45 mg, 27%): 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13), δ 7.10 (d, J= 0.9 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (d, J= 11.9 Hz, 1H), 3.52 (d, J = 11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (m, 2H), 2.04 (dd, J = 8.3, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 1.91-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.23 (s, 9H). METHOD AC:
5'-(Difluoromethoxy)-6-ethyl-4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-morpholinobicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl) -[2,3'-bipyridin]-6'-amine - Diastereomer 1 and diastereomer 2
Figure imgf000130_0001
Synthesis of teri-butyl(cyclopent-3-en-l-yloxy)diphenylsilane
Figure imgf000130_0002
To an ice-cooled solution of 4-hydroxycyclopentene (50.0 g, 0.594 mol) and imidazole (80.9 g, 1.19 mol) in NN-dimethylformamide (300 mL) was slowly added teri-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (180 g, 0.65 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 16 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (1 L) and ethyl acetate (500 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 200 mL). The combined organics were washed sequentially with water (3 x 300 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (2 x 200 mL). The collected organic was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatogarphy (15: 1 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) provided
teri-butyl(cyclopent-3-en-l-yloxy)diphenylsilane (188 g, 98 %) as a colorless oil.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.69 - 7.66 (m, 4H), 7.43 - 7.38 (m, 6H), 5.63 - 5.60 (m, 2H), 4.58 - 4.53 (m, 1H), 2.46 - 2.38 (m, 4H), 1.61 (s, 9H).
Step 2: Synthesis of ethyl
3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxylate
Figure imgf000131_0001
To a stirred solution of teri-butyl(cyclopent-3-en-l-yloxy)diphenylsilane (0.100 kg, 310 mmol) and rhodium acetate dimer (1.37 g, 3.10 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (1.2 L) at room temperature was added a solution of ethyl 2-diazoacetate (63.68 mmol) in dichloromethane (300 mL) over 8 h. After an additional 12 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite. Concentration of the filtrate afforded crude ethyl
3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxylate (140 g) which was used without further purification
Step 3 : Synthesis of
3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxylic acid
Figure imgf000131_0002
To a solution of ethyl
3-((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxylate (70.0 g, 171 mmol) in ethanol (400 mL) was slowly added a solution of sodium hydroxide (20.56 g, 513.94 mmol) in water (100 mL). After 20 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the resulting residue was diluted with water (200 mL). The aqueous solution was adjusted to pH=3 by dropwise addition of 3 M aqueous hydrochloric acid. The aqueous mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 200 mL). The combined organics were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to yield 3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxylic acid as a yellow solid (53 g).
Step 4: Synthesis of methyl
3-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-3-oxopropanoate
Figure imgf000132_0001
A solution of 3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)- exo-bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-6-carboxylic acid (10.0 g, 26.3 mmol) and
Ι,Γ-carbonyldiimidazole (5.11 g, 31.5 mmol) in acetonitrile (300 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. MgCi2 (2.50 g, 26.3 mmol) and potassium 3-methoxy-3-oxopropanoate (4.10 g, 26.3 mmol) were then added. After 18 h, the reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (2% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded methyl
3-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-3-oxopropanoate (4.2 g, 37% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.66 - 7.61 (m, 10H), 7.42 - 7.27 (m, 10H), 4.35 - 4.33 (m, 1H), 3.98 - 3.91 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 3.41 (s, 2H), 2.67 - 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.03 - 1.93 (m, 12H), 1.49 - 1.48 (m, 1H), 1.09 (s, 9H), 1.03 (s, 9H). Step 5 : Synthesis of
6-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-2-mercaptopyrimid in-4-ol
Figure imgf000132_0002
A solution of methyl
3-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]-hexan-6-yl)-3-oxopropanoate
(4.2 g, 9.6 mmol), thiourea (2.93 g, 38.5 mmol), and sodium methoxide (2.08 g, 38.5 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (120 mL) was heated to reflux under nitrogen for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was neutralized with 2M aqueous hydrochloric acid until the solution reached pH ~ 6. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL), and the combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (20%→ 25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) gave
6-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)-oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-2-mercaptopyrimi din-4-ol (2.0 g, 45% yield) as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 463.0.
Step 6: Synthesis of
6-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-2-(methylthio)pyri midin-4-ol
Figure imgf000133_0001
To a solution of
6-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-2-mercaptopyrimid in-4-ol (2.0 g, 4.3 mmol) in 2% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (120 mL) was added iodomethane (613 mg, 4.32 mmol) at room temperature. After 30 min, 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction until the mixture reached pH = 5-6. The resulting solid was collected by filtration and dried in vacuo to give
6-(( 1 R,5 S,6r)-3 -((tert-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo [3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-2-(methylthio)pyri midin-4-ol (2.0 g, 97% yield) as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 447.0
Step 7: Synthesis of
4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methylt hio)pyrimidine
Figure imgf000133_0002
To an ice-cooled solution of
6-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((ter^butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1 ]hexan-6-yl)-2-(methylthio)pyri midin-4-ol (5.0 g, 0.010 mol) in dichloromethane (250 mL) was sequentially added oxalyl chloride (1.33 g, 10.5 mmol) and NN-dimethylformamide (0.5 mL). After 3 h, the mixture was poured into triethylamine in water (300 mL, 5% wt). Then resulting solution was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided
4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methylt hio)pyrimidine (2.1 g, 40% yield).
Step 8: Synthesis of
4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methyl sulfonyl)pyrimidine
Figure imgf000134_0001
To a solution of
4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methylt hio)pyrimidine (2.1 g, 4.2 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (120 mL) was added weto-chloroperbenzoic acid (2.93 g, 17.0 mmol) at room temperature. After 1 h, excess oxidant was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium sulfite (60 mL), and the resulting solution was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 80 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (80 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided
4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methyl sulfonyl)pyrimidine (1.5 g, 68% yield) as a white solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 527.0.
Step 9: Synthesis of
4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-chloro-2-ethylpyr imidine
Figure imgf000135_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of
4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-chloro-2-(methyl sulfonyl)pyrimidine (1.0 g, 1.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) was added dropwise a solution of ethylmagnesium chloride (1.9 mL, 3.8 mmol, 2 M in diethyl ether). After 40 min, acetic acid (1 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (50 mL) were added sequentially. The resulting solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 80 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (5%→ 10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) gave
4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-chloro-2-ethylpyr imidine (0.80 g, 88% yield) as a colorless oil.
Step 10: Synthesis of
(lR,5S,6r)-6-(6-chloro-2-ethylpyrimidin-4-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-3-ol
Figure imgf000135_0002
To a solution of
4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-((teri-butyldiphenylsilyl)oxy)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-6-chloro-2-ethylpyr imidine (0.80 g, 1.7 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added triethylamine trihydro fluoride (5.5 mL, 34 mmol) at room temperature. After 16 h, the reaction was heated at 70 °C for 6 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (25 mL) was added. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The collected organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (35% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded
(lR,5S,6r)-6-(6-chloro-2-ethylpyrimidin-4-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-3-ol (350 mg, 86% yield) as a white solid. Step 11 : Synthesis of
(lR,5S,6r)-6-(6'-amino-5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-ethyl-[2,3'-bipyridin]-4-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hex an-3-ol
Figure imgf000136_0001
To a microwave vial charged with
(lR,5S,6r)-6-(6-chloro-2-ethylpyrimidin-4-yl)bicyclo-[3.1.0]hexan-3-ol (85 mg, 0.36 mmol), 3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (102 mg, 0.356 mmol), and cesium carbonate (174 mg, 0.534 mmol) in 5: 1 1,4-dioxane / water (3.0 mL) was added l,l'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II) di chloride (26 mg, 0.036 mmol) under nitrogen. The vial was sealed and heated by microwave irradiation at 110 °C for 30 min. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was filtered and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL x 2). The combined organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (ethyl acetate) afforded product as a brown oil (75 mg, 58% yield); LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 362.9.
Step 12: Synthesis of
(lR,5S,6r)-6-(6'-amino-5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-ethyl-[2,3'-bipyridin]-4-yl)bicyclo[3.1.0]hex an-3-yl methanesulfonate
Figure imgf000136_0002
To a solution of
(lR,5S,6r)-6-(6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-ethylpyrimidin-4-yl)bicyclo[ 3.1.0]hexan-3-ol (75 mg, 0.21 mmol) and triethylamine (105 mg, 1.03 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (20 mL) was added methanesulfonyl chloride (0.100 g, 0.869 mmol) at room temperature. After 1 h, the reaction was diluted with water (10 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative thin layer chromatography (1 : 1 petroleum ether: ethyl acetate) provided product as a yellow solid (70 mg, 77% yield); LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 440.9.
Step 13: Synthesis of
5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-ethyl-4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-morpholinobicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-[2,3'-bi pyridin]-6'-amine
A solution of
(lR,5S,6r)-6-(6-(6-amino-5-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-2-ethylpyrimidin-4-yl)bicyclo[ 3.1.0]hexan-3-yl methanesulfonate (0.050 g, 0.13 mmol), morpholine (49.5 mg, 0.567 mmol) and NN-diisopropylethylamine (73 mg, 0.57 mmol)) in anhydrous
NN-dimethylformamide (2 mL) was heated at 85 °C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by preparative HPLC followed by supercritical fluid chromatography afforded
5'-(difluoromethoxy)-6-ethyl-4-((lR,5S,6r)-3-morpholinobicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-6-yl)-[2,3'-bi pyridin]-6'-amine diastereomer 1 (6.1 mg, 12.4% yield) LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 432.13; !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.57 (s, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.60 (t, J= 73.0 Hz, 1H), 4.98 (br s, 2H), 3.72 (m, 4H), 2.88 (q, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.30 - 2.44 (m, 5H), 2.18 - 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.85 - 1.87 (m, 3H), 1.34 (t, J= 7.6 Hz, 3H) and diastereomer 2 (2.2 mg, 4.5% yield) LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 432.13; ¾ NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 6.61 (t, J= 73.2 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (br s, 2H), 3.73 (m, 4H), 2.86 - 2.96 (m, 3H), 2.45 (m, 4H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.03 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.64 - 1.69 (m, 2H), 1.34 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 3H).
SYNTHESIS OF ADDITIONAL STARTING MATERIALS: 5-Bromo-3-(pyridin-2-yloxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000138_0001
A mixture of 2-fluoropyridine (2.4 mL, 27 mmol), 2-amino-3-hydroxypyridine (3.00 g, 27 mmol), and cesium carbonate (13.3 g, 41 mmol) in anhydrous NN-dimethylformamide (27 mL) was heated at 110 °C in a sealed vessel for 22 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and sequentially washed with water (2x) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (lx). The collected organic was dried with magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting solid was taken up in acetic acid (55 mL), cooled to 0 °C. Bromine (1.4 mL, 27 mmol) was added to the slurry over a period of 1 min. The cooling bath was removed. After 2.5 h, the reaction was concentrating to dryness, and resulting residue was diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic solution was washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The reaction residue obtained was purified by flash column chromatography
(dichloromethane→ 5% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford the title compound as a brown solid (2.94 g, 41% over 2 steps); H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.19 - 8.08 (m, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.87 - 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.18 - 7.11 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.10 (br s, 2H). teri-Butyl 3,3-difluoro-4-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate nd teri-butyl 3-fluoro-4-methyl-2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrole-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000138_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of teri-Butyl 3-methyl-4-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000139_0001
To a stirring solution of 4-methylpyrrolidin-3-ol hydrochloride (700 mg, 5.09 mmol) in dichloromethane (13 mL) was added triethylamine (2.3 mL, 17 mmol) and di-teri-butyl dicarbonate (2.17 g, 9.67 mmol). After 1 h, the solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The collected organic was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (17 mL), and
Dess-Martin periodinane (3.24 g, 7.63 mmol) was added at room temperature. After 18 h, the reaction was quenched by the addition of aqueous sodium bisulfite (-100 mg in 10 mL of water) with rapid stirring. The reaction mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The collected organic was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0→ 70:30 heptanes / ethyl acetate) to afford the title compound as a colorless liquid (640 mg, 63% over 2 steps); lU NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.19 - 4.03 (m, 1H), 3.99 - 3.81 (m, 1H), 3.67 (d, J= 19.3 Hz, 1H), 3.17 (dd, J= 11.1, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 2.69 - 2.55 (m, 1H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.18 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H).
Step 2: Synthesis of teri-butyl 3,3-difluoro-4-methylpyrrolidine-l-carboxylate and teri-butyl 3-fluoro-4-methyl-2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrole-l-carboxylate
To a solution of teri-butyl 3-methyl-4-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (370 mg, 1.86 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (6.2 mL) under nitrogen at -78 °C (dry ice / acetone) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (0.74 mL, 5.6 mmol). The cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 5 h. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and quenched by the slow addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0→ 80:20 heptane / ethyl acetate). First to elute was teri-butyl
3-fluoro-4-methyl-2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrole-l-carboxylate as a colorless liquid (26 mg, 7%): !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.20 - 4.03 (m, 2H), 4.03 - 3.87 (m, 2H), 1.68 - 1.61 (m, 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H). Followed by teri-butyl 3,3-difluoro-4-methylpyrrolidine-l-carboxylate as a colorless liquid (196 mg, 48%): *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.88 - 3.51 (m, 3H), 3.16 - 3.00 (m, 1H), 2.62 - 2.31 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.1 1 (d, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H).
(R)-teri-butyl 4,4-difluoro-2-methylpyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000140_0001
Prepared from (5)-l -teri-butyl 2-methyl 4,4-difluoropyrrolidine-l ,2-dicarboxylate (2.00 g, 7.54 mmol) following a literature method for preparation of teri-butyl
4-((teri-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-2-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (J. Med. Chem. 1988, 31, 1598-161 1). The title compound was obtained after flash column chromatography (975 mg, 59% over 3 steps); *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.31 - 3.96 (m, 1H), 3.90 - 3.58 (m, 2H), 2.62 - 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.12 - 1.95 (m, 1H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.30 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H). teri-Butyl 3,3-difluoro-2-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000140_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of teri-Butyl 2-methyl-3-oxopyrrolidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000140_0003
To a solution of 1 -teri-butyl 3-ethyl 4-oxopyrrolidine-l ,3-dicarboxylate (10.0 g, 38.9 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (39 mL) and anhydrous
l ,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidinone (24 mL) under nitrogen at -78 °C (dry ice / acetone bath) was added lithium diisopropylamide (45 mL, 89 mmol, 2.0 M in
tetrahydrofuran / heptane / benzene) over a period of 15 min. After stirring for an additional 25 min, the reaction vessel was charged with iodomethane (2.7 mL, 42 mmol). The reaction mixture become viscous and stirring was discontinued. After aging for 2 h, the reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, and the cooling bath was removed. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, and the resulting solution was washed sequentially with water (2x) followed by saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (lx). The collected organic was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting residue was taken up in dimethyl sulfoxide (39 mL) and water (1.4 mL), and sodium chloride (3.40 g, 58.3 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated at 130 °C for 3 h with a condenser that was capped with a septum and a balloon (the product is volatile). After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was diluted with diethyl ether and washed sequentially with water (2x) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (lx). The collected organic was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. After careful concentration to avoid losing the volatile product, the resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0→ 70:30 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) to afford the title compound as a yellow liquid (2.82 g, 36% over 2 steps); *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.01 - 3.81 (m, 2H), 3.64 - 3.51 (m, 1H), 2.70 - 2.41 (m, 2H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.32 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of teri-butyl 3,3-difluoro-2-methylpyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
To a solution of teri-butyl 3-methyl-4-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (2.82 g, 14.2 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (71 mL) under nitrogen at -78 °C (dry ice, acetone) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (5.6 mL, 42 mmol). The cooling bath was removed, and the reaction mixture was stir at room temperature. After 3 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to -78 °C, and additional diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (3.7 mL, 28 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 2 h, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C and quenched by the slow addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The collected organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and carefully concentrated to dryness (product is volatile). The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (100:0→ 80:20 petroleum ether / ethyl acetate) to afford the title compound as a yellow liquid (563 mg, 18%); !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.11 - 3.78 (m, 1H), 3.59 - 3.40 (m, 2H), 2.39 - 2.15 (m, 2H), 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.27 - 1.23 (m, 3H).
(lS,45)-7-fluoro-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane
Figure imgf000141_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of
((2S,3R,45)-4-amino-3-(benzyloxy)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methanol
Figure imgf000141_0002
To an ice-cooled solution of
(2R,3R,4S)-4-azido-3-(benzyloxy)tetrahydrofuran-2-carbaldehyde (2.96 g, 12.0 mmol, Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2013, 3477) in tetrahydrofuran (60 mL) was added lithium aluminum hydride (0.910 g, 24.0 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 15 min, the reaction was quenched with water (0.9 mL), aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.9 mL, 15% wt) and water (2.7 mL). The resulting suspension was filtered, and the solids were washed with tetrahydrofuran (3 x 60 mL). The filtrate was concentrated to give the crude product (2.53 g) as clear oil, which was used without further purification. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 224.0.
Step 2: Synthesis of teri-butyl
((3S,4R,5S)-4-(benzyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)carbamate
Figure imgf000142_0001
To a solution of ((2S,3R,45)-4-amino-3-(benzyloxy)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methanol (2.53 g, 1 1.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added di-teri-butyl dicarbonate (2.47 g, 1 1.34 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 10 °C for 8 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo to provide crude product as a clear oil (3.51 g, crude), which was used without further purification. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 324.2,
Step 3 : Synthesis of
((2S,3R,4S)-3-(benzyloxy)-4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate
Figure imgf000142_0002
To a solution of teri-butyl
((3S,4R,5S)-4-(benzyloxy)-5-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydrofuran-3-yl)-carbamate (3.51 g, 10.9 mmol) and triethylamine (3.29 g, 32.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (60 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 4-methylbenzene-l -sulfonyl chloride (2.07 g, 10.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) at 20 °C. After 8 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to provide
((2S,3R,4S)-3-(benzyloxy)-4-((ter^butoxycarbonyl)amino)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate as a clear oil (2.96 g, 57.8% yield, 3 steps). LCMS (ESI):
[M+Na+] = 500.1.
Step 4: Synthesis of ((2S,3R,45)-4-amino-3-(benzyloxy)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate
Figure imgf000143_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of
((2S,3R,4S)-3-(benzyloxy)-4-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.0 g, 3.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (2.39 g, 21.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to 15 °C. After 2 h, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo to afford
((2S,3R,45)-4-amino-3-(benzyloxy)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate as the trifluoracetate salt (1.01 g, 98.1% crude yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 378.0
Step 5: Synthesis of (lS,4S,7R)-teri-butyl
7-(benzyloxy)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000143_0002
A suspension of ((2S,3R,45)-4-amino-3-(benzyloxy)tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (1.01 g, 2.06 mmol) and potassium carbonate (851 mg, 6.17 mmol) in NN-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was heated at 100 °C for 15 min. The mixture was cooled to 15 °C, and di-teri-butyl dicarbonate (492 mg, 2.26 mmol) was added. After 2 h, the reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (40 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (16% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided product as a white solid (418 mg, 51.2% yield). *H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.32 - 7.34 (m, 5H), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.33 (m, 1), 4.15 (m, 1H), 3.99 - 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.11 - 3.27 (m, 2H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
Step 6: Synthesis of (lS,4S,7R)-teri-butyl
7-hydroxy-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000144_0001
A suspension of (lS,4S,7R)-teri-butyl
7-(benzyloxy)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carboxylate (418 mg, 1.37 mmol) and palladium on charcoal (200 mg, 10% wt) in methanol (20 mL) was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere (45 psi) at 35 °C for 20 h. The solution was filtered through Celite® and the filter cake was washed with methanol (2 x 200 mL). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide product as a white solid (280 mg, 95% crude yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH -56]+ = 159.8.
Step 7: Synthesis of (lS,45)-teri-butyl
7-fluoro-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carboxylate
Figure imgf000144_0002
To an ice-cooled solution of (lS,4S,7R)-teri-butyl
7-hydroxy-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carboxylate (0.960 g, 4.47 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (2.88 g, 17.9 mmol). The reaction was then heated at 40 °C. After 8 h, the reaction was partitioned between saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (60 mL) and dichloromethane (200 mL). The organic was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to provide product as a white solid (0.30 g, 31% yield). Step 8: Synthesis of (lS,45)-7-fluoro-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane
hydrochloride
Figure imgf000145_0001
A solution of (lS,45)-teri-butyl
7-fluoro-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-5-carboxylate (180 mg, 0.83 mmol) in 4 M HCI in ethyl acetate (20 mL) was stirred at 40 °C for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to provide product as a white solid (1 10 mg, 86% crude yield). LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 118.0.
3 -Fluoro-3 -(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine hydrochloride
Figure imgf000145_0002
Step 1 : Synthesis of benzyl 3-methylenepyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000145_0003
To a solution of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (73.32 g, 205.3 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1.5 L) was added «-butyllithium (13.15 g, 205.3 mmol, 2.5 M in hexanes) at -78 °C. The mixture was warmed to 0 °C. After 2 h, the reaction was cooled to -78 °C, and benzyl 3-oxopyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (30.0 g, 137 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was warmed to 0 °C. After 2 h, saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (200 mL) was added, and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (2 L) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (2 x 200 mL). The collected organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided product as an oil (19 g, 64% yield). *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.26 - 7.36 (m, 5H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.94 - 4.99 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.54 (m, 2H), 2.56 (m, 2H).
Step 2: Synthesis of benzyl 3-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoropyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000146_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of benzyl 3-methylenepyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (31.0 g, 143 mmol) in dichloromethane (800 mL) was added triethylamine trihydrofluoride (57.51 g, 356.7 mmol) dropwise. The reaction was maintained at 0 °C for 30 min before the portion-wise addition of N-bromosuccinimide (38.09 g, 214.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to 15 °C. After 1 h, 0.5 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (200 mL) was added, and the resulting solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (1 L). The organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated. Purification by flash column chromatography (12% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided product as an oil (36.3 g, 80.5% yield). *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.26 - 7.36 (m, 5H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 3.60 - 3.88 (m, 2H), 3.53 - 3.55 (m, 4H), 2.07 - 2.30 (m, 2H).
Step 3: Synthesis of benzyl 3-(acetoxymethyl)-3-fluoropyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000146_0002
A solution of benzyl 3-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoropyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (1.0 g, 3.2 mmol), sodium iodide (237 mg, 1.58 mmol), and potassium acetate (931 mg, 9.49 mmol) in NN-dimethylformamide (8 mL) was heated at 120 °C for 16 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was diluted with water (15 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford benzyl
3-(acetoxymethyl)-3-fluoropyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (850 mg, 91% crude yield). MS (ESI) [M+Na]+ = 318.1.
Step 4: Synthesis of benzyl 3-fluoro-3-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000146_0003
To a solution of benzyl 3-(acetoxymethyl)-3-fluoropyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (0.50 g, 1.7 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added potassium carbonate (468 mg, 3.38 mmol) at room temperature. After 3 h, the reaction was diluted with water (15 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford product as an oil (420 mg, 98% crude yield). MS (ESI) [MH]+ = 254.2.
Step 5: Synthesis of benzyl 3-fluoro-3-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000147_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of benzyl
3-fluoro-3-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (7.0 g, 26 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was added sodium hydride (1.16 g, 29.0 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil). After 45 min, iodomethane (6.14 g, 43.3 mmol) was added dropwise, and the solution was maintained at 0 °C. After 1 h, excess base was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (16%→ 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided benzyl 3-fluoro-3-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (4.9 g, 66% yield) as a colorless oil. Step 6: Synthesis of 3-fluoro-3-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine hydrochloride
A suspension of benzyl 3-fluoro-3-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (4.9 g, 18 mmol) and palladium on carbon (500 mg, 10% wt) in methanol (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature under 1 atmosphere of hydrogen. After 1 h, the reaction was filtered through Celite®, and the filtrate was acidified with 4 M hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (0.7 mL). After 30 min, the filtrate was concentrated to provide
3-fluoro-3-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine hydrochloride (3.0 g, 97% yield) as a yellow solid.
(5)-3 -Fluoro-3 -methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride HCI HN-
CH,
(R)-3 -Fluoro-3 -methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride
Figure imgf000148_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of (5)-benzyl 3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000148_0002
and (R)-benzyl 3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000148_0003
A suspension of benzyl 3-(bromomethyl)-3-fluoropyrrolidine- l-carboxylate (55.0 g, 174 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (550 mL) and sodium borohydride (26.33 g, 695.8 mmol) was heated at 80 °C for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction was quenched with 1 M aqueous HCI solution (200 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 300 mL). The collected organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (1 1 % ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded racemic product (35 g). The enantiomers (25 g) were separated by chiral supercritical fluid chromatography (Instrument: Thar 35;
Column: OJ 250mm x 50mm, 10um; Mobile phase - A: Supercritical CO2 B: ethanol, A:B = 90: 10 at 180mL/min; Column Temp: 38 °C; Nozzle Pressure: 100 bar; Nozzle Temp: 60 °C; Evaporator Temp: 20 °C; Trimmer Temp: 25 °C; Wavelength: 220 nm) to provide first eluting peak assigned as (5)-benzyl 3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (1 1 g, 53% yield, [a]20 D = +21.6 (c 0.84 g / 100 mL, methanol) ) and second eluting peak assigned as (R)-benzyl 3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (11.5 g, 55.7% yield, [OC]2°D = -20.6 (c 1.09 g / 100 mL, methanol)) as yellow oils *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ (1 : 1 ratio of rotamers) 7.36 - 7.29 (m, 5H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 3.39 - 3.66 (m, 3H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m, 1H), 1.87 (m, 1H), 1.52 (m, 3H). Step 2: Synthesis of (5)-3-Fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride
A suspension of (5)-benzyl 3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (9.8 g, 41 mmol) and palladium on carbon (2 g, 10% wt) in methanol (900 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 5 h under hydrogen pressure (50 psi). The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was acidified with HCl in ethyl acetate (25 mL, 4 M). After 1 h, the solution was concentrated in vacuo to provide (5)-3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride (5.5 g, 95.3% yield) as a yellow solid *H NMR (400 MHz, D20) δ 3.57 - 3.66 (m, 3H), 3.36 (m, 1H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 2.19 (m, 1H), 1.63 (d, J = 21.6 Hz, 3H).
Step 3 : Synthesis of (R)-3-Fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride Made by following the procedure described for the preparation of
(5)-3-Fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine hydrochloride, but substituting (R)-benzyl
3-fluoro-3-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate and making non-critical variations. H NMR (400 MHz, D20) δ 3.57 - 3.66 (m, 3H), 3.34 (m, 1H), 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.20 (m, 1H), 1.63 (d, J = 21.6 Hz, 3H).
(±)-c s-3-Fluoro-4-methylpyrrolidine
Figure imgf000149_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of teri-butyl 6-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate
Figure imgf000149_0002
To a solution of teri-butyl 2,5-dihydro-lH-pyrrole-l -carboxylate (10.0 g, 59.2 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added weto-chloroperbenzoic acid (12.2 g, 71.0 mmol) at room temperature. After 16 h, excess oxidant was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium sulfite solution (50 mL). The separated organic was washed with 0.5 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (3 x 50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (10% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided teri-butyl 6-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (6.2 g, 57% yield). lH NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.84 (d, J
H), 3.67 (m, 2 H), 3.30 - 3.35 (m, 2 H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
Step 2: Synthesis of (±)-trans-tert-bvAyl
3 -hydroxy-4-methylpyrrolidine- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000150_0001
To a solution of teri-butyl 6-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane-3-carboxylate (6.2 g, 34 mmol) and copper (I) cyanide (3.0 g, 34 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) at -40 °C was added dropwise methylmagnesium bromide (45 mL, 135 mmol, 3 M in diethyl ether). The resulting mixture was warmed to -20 °C for 1 h. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) was added to the reaction, and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (0 → 25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided product (4.0 g, 59% yield) H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.95 (m, 1 H), 3.63 (m, 2 H), 3.24 (m, 1 H), 3.02 (m, 1 H), 2.14 (m, 1 H), 1.46 (s, 9 H), 1.03 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3 H).
Step 3 : Synthesis of (±)-cis-tert-bvAyl 3 -fluoro-4-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate
Figure imgf000150_0002
To an ice-cooled solution of
Figure imgf000150_0003
3 -hydroxy-4-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (2.0 g, 9.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (16 g, 99 mmol. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 16 h, the reaction was diluted with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The collected organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (0→ 20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded (±)-cis-tert-butyl
3 -fluoro-4-methylpyrrolidine-l -carboxylate (820 mg, 41 % yield) H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.92 (d, J= 53.6 Hz, 1 H), 2.46 - 3.73 (m, 3 H), 3.04 (m, 1 H), 2.24 (m, 1 H), 1.46 (s, 9 H), 1.14 (m, 3 H).
Synthesis of (±)-c s-3-fluoro-4-methylpyrrolidine
A solution of {±)-cis-tert-bv&y\ 3-fluoro-4-methylpyrrolidine-l-carboxylate (0.30 g, 1.5 mmol) in 4 M hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product (180 mg), which was used without further purification.
5 -(4,4,5 ,5 -tetramethyl- 1 ,3 ,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3 -((trifluoromethyl)thio)pyridin
Figure imgf000151_0001
Synthesis of N-(3-((trifluoromethyl)thio)pyridin-2-yl)pivalamide
Figure imgf000151_0002
To a solution of N-(pyridin-2-yl)pivalamide (3.56 g, 0.020 mol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added «-butyllithium (20 mL, 50 mmol, 2.5 M in hexanes) over 5 min at -78 °C. The the reaction mixture was warmed to 0 °C over 20 min. After 2 h, the reaction was cooled to -40 °C, and
N-methyl-N-phenyl-S-(trifluoromethyl)thiohydroxylamine (4.14 g, 0.020 mol) was added. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (40 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) provided product (2.1 g, 38 % yield) *H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.54 (m, 1H), 8.40 (br s, 1H), 8.04 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 1.38 (s, 6H). Synthesis of 5-bromo-3-((trifluoromethyl)thio)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000152_0001
A solution of N-(3-((trifluoromethyl)thio)pyridin-2-yl)pivalamide (2.1 g, 7.6 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (3.0 g, 76 mmol) in water (15 mL) was heated at 50 °C. After 6 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and a solution of NBS (1.35 g, 7.6 mmol) in acetonitnle (15 mL) was added dropwise. After 10 min, the reaction was diluted with saturated sodium sulfite aqueous solution (15 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) afforded product (1.1 g, 55% yield, 2 steps).
Step 3 : Synthesis of
5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3-((trifluoromethyl)thio)pyridin-2-amine
To a solution of 5-bromo-3-((trifluoromethyl)thio)pyridin-2-amine (1.36 g, 5 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.52 g, 6 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (196 mg, 0.7 mmol) and potassium acetate (1.2 g, 12.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (100 mL) was added
tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (640 mg, 0.7 mmol) under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was heated at 110 °C for 3 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to provide
5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3-((trifluoromethyl)thio)pyridin-2-amine (1.4 g, 87.5% yield).
3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2
-amine
Figure imgf000152_0002
Synthesis of 1 -(pyridin-2-yl)ethanol
Figure imgf000153_0001
To an ice-cooled solution of 1 -(pyridin-2-yl)ethanone (5.0 g, 41 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) was added sodium borohydride (2.34 g, 61.9 mmol) portionwise. After 1 h, excess borohydride was quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (60 mL), and the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (60 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to provide a colorless oil (2.28 g, 45% crude yield); LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 123.9; lU NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.52 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H), 7.28 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 4.88 (m, 1H), 1.49 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H).
Synthesis of 2-(l-chloroethyl)pyridine
Figure imgf000153_0002
To an ice-cooled solution of l-(pyridin-2-yl)ethanol (2.28 g, 18.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was slowly added thionyl choride (1.48 mL, 20.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature for 36 h. Then the reaction was concentrated in vacuo to provide 2-(l-chloroethyl)pyridine (2.5 g, 95% crude yield) as a yellow oil. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 141.7.
Synthesis of 5-bromo-3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000153_0003
To a solution of 2-amino-5-bromopyridin-3-ol (4.1 g, 22 mmol) in
NN-dimethylformamide (20 mL) was added 2-(l-chloroethyl)pyridine (2.8 g, 20 mmol) and cesium carbonate (19.3 g, 59.2 mmol) at room temperature. After 12 h, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (25%→ 33% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to afford 5-bromo-3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (1.1 g, 19% yield) as a yellow solid. LCMS (ESI): [MH]+ = 294.0.
Step 4: Synthesis of
3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine A mixture of 5-bromo-3-(l-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (0.20 g, 0.68 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (259 mg, 1.02 mmol),
tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (62 mg, 0.068 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (19 mg, 0.068 mmol) and potassium acetate (200 mg, 2.04 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) was heated at 110 °C for 3 h under nitrogen. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield crude product which was used without further purification.
3-(Difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-ami ne
Figure imgf000154_0001
Step 1 : Synthesis of 3-(difluoromethoxy)-2-nitropyridine
Figure imgf000154_0002
To a stirred solution of 2-nitropyridin-3-ol (5.0 g, 36 mmol) and sodium
2,2-dichloro-2-fluoroacetate (8.16 g, 53.5 mmol) in NN-dimethylmethanamide (20 mL) and water (15 mL) was added potassium carbonate (9.86 g, 71.4 mmol) slowly. The reaction mixture was heated to 105 °C for 20 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (150 mL), and the solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to dryness in vacuo to afford 3-(difluoromethoxy)-2-nitropyridine (5.0 g, 74%). The residue was used in next step directly without further purification. ¾ NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.48 (dd, J = 4.4, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (dd, J
(m, 1H), 7.45 (t, J = 72.0 Hz, 1H).
Synthesis of 3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000155_0001
To a stirred solution of 3-(difluoromethoxy)-2-nitropyridine (5.0 g, 2.6 mmol) and ammonium chloride (4.22 g, 78.9 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) and water (30 mL) was added iron powder (7.34 g, 132 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the solid was washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 70 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness in vacuo to afford
3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (2.3 g, 55%). The residue was used in next step directly without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.90 (dd, J = 4.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (dd, J = 8.0, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (t, J = 74.0 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J = 8.0, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 6.01 (s, 2H).
Synthesis of 5-bromo-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000155_0002
To a solution of 3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (2.3 g, 14 mmol) in acetonitrile (15 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (2.61 g, 14.6 mmol) over 3 min at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for another 20 min and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The resulting residue was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 60 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to give
5-bromo-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (3.2 g, 93%): lU NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d6) δ 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.16 (t, J = 73.6 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (s, 2H). Step 4: Synthesis of
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5 etramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine
To a solution of 5-bromo-3-(difluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (3.2 g, 13 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (60 mL) was added 4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l,3,2-dioxaborolane (3.74 g, 14.7 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphine (525 mg, 1.87 mmol), potassium acetate (3.28 g, 33.5 mmol) and tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (490 mg, 0.53 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for 2 min and heated to 110 °C. After 16 h, the reaction was concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 75 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. Purification by flash column chromatography (25% ethyl acetate in hexane) afforded
3-(difluoromethoxy)-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridin-2-amine (1.3 g, 34%): !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.11 (t, J= 73.6 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (s, 2H), 1.25 (s, 12H).
5-(4,4,5,5-Tetramethyl-l,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-ami ne
Figure imgf000156_0001
Step 1 : 3-(bromodifluoromethoxy)-2-nitropyridine
Figure imgf000156_0002
To a stirred solution of sodium hydride (856 mg, 21.4 mmol) in
N-methylpyrrolidinone (20 mL) was added a solution of 2-nitropyridin-3-ol (2.0 g, 14 mmol) in N-methylpyrrolidinone (10 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 30 min followed by heating at 50 °C for another 30 min before cooling to room temperature. CF2Br2 (4.49 g, 21.4 mmol) was added dropwise. After 18 h, additional CF2Br2 (8.99 g, 42.83 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at 20 °C for another 18 h. The reaction mixture was slowly quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 50 mL), brine (2 x 50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (15% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to yield product (890 mg, 23%): H NMR (400 MHz, chloroform-d) δ 8.53 - 8.51 (m, 1H), 7.99-7.97 (m, 1H), 7.72 - 7.69 (m, 1H).
Step 2: 2-nitro-3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine
Figure imgf000157_0001
A solution of 3-(bromodifluoromethoxy)-2-nitropyridine (0.50 g, 1.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was cooled to -78 °C, then silver tetrafluoroborate (796 mg, 4.09 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was slowly warmed to 20 °C and allowed to stir for 18 h. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) was added, and the resulting mixture was filtered. The filtrate was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was used without further purification (300 mg, 78%): LCMS (ESI) m/z 209.0 [M+H]+.
Step 3: 3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000157_0002
To a stirred solution of 2-nitro-3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine (370 mg, 1.8 mmol) in ethanol (5 mL) was added aqueous ammonium chloride (951 mg, 17.8 mmol, in 10 mL of water) and iron powder (993 mg, 17.8 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 70 °C for 2 h. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered, and the solid was rinsed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate was concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The product was used without further purification (250 mg, 79%): H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ok) δ 7.93 - 7.91 (m, 1H), 7.48 - 7.46 (m, 1H), 6.59 - 6.56 (m, 1H), 6.35 (br s, 2H).
Step 4: 5-bromo-3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000158_0001
To a solution of 3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (0.30 g, 1.7 mmol) in dichloromethane (8 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (450 mg, 2.53 mmol) at 20 °C. After 5 min, the reaction was concentrated to dryness in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (15% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to afford product (220 mg, 51 %): !H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-i¾) δ 8.03 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.74 (m, 1H), 6.68 (br s, 2H).
Step 5 :
5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-l ,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine
To a solution of 5-bromo-3-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridin-2-amine (220 mg, 0.856 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was added
4,4,4',4',5,5,5',5'-octamethyl-2,2'-bi(l ,3,2-dioxaborolane (261 mg, 1.03 mmol), l ,l '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene-palladium(II)dichloride (63 mg, 0.0856 mmol) and potassium acetate (252 mg, 2.57 mmol). The reaction mixture was purged with nitrogen for 2 min and heated to 80 °C for 2 h. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography (15% ethyl acetate in petroleum ether) to provide product (220 mg, 84%): 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-a¾ δ 8.14 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 - 7.45 (m, 1H), 6.86 (br s, 2H), 1.27 (s, 12H).
Example 2
The compounds disclosed in Table 1 were prepared following the synthetic steps described in general Methods A- AC as described above in Example 1 with modifying the starting reactants and/or intermediates and in those methods as would be known to one skilled in the art in view of the final compound structures to arrive at the compounds in Table 1. The compounds disclosed in Table 1 were tested for DLK inhibitory activity as described in Example 3.
Figure imgf000158_0002
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Figure imgf000168_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000175_0001
Figure imgf000176_0001
Figure imgf000177_0001
Figure imgf000178_0001
Figure imgf000179_0001
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001
Figure imgf000198_0001
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000200_0001
5-[6-(3-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexan-3 3.75 (dd, J = 7.3, 1.1
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
Figure imgf000217_0001
Figure imgf000218_0001
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000220_0001
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
Figure imgf000225_0001
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
Figure imgf000232_0001
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000236_0001
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0001
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000245_0001
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Enantomer
Figure imgf000251_0001
hylpyrrolidin-l-yll-6-[(l S,4S)-2- 3.76 (m, 4H), 3.52-
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001
Figure imgf000265_0001
Figure imgf000266_0001
Figure imgf000267_0001
Figure imgf000268_0001
Figure imgf000269_0001
Figure imgf000270_0001
Figure imgf000271_0001
Figure imgf000272_0001
Figure imgf000273_0001
Figure imgf000274_0001
Figure imgf000275_0001
Figure imgf000276_0001
Figure imgf000277_0001
Figure imgf000278_0001
Figure imgf000279_0001
Figure imgf000280_0001
Figure imgf000281_0001
Figure imgf000282_0001
Figure imgf000283_0001
Figure imgf000284_0001
Figure imgf000285_0001
Figure imgf000286_0001
Figure imgf000287_0001
Figure imgf000288_0001
Figure imgf000289_0001
Figure imgf000290_0001
Figure imgf000291_0001
Figure imgf000292_0001
-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine
Figure imgf000293_0001
Figure imgf000294_0001
Figure imgf000295_0001
Figure imgf000296_0001
Figure imgf000297_0001
Figure imgf000298_0001
Figure imgf000299_0001
Figure imgf000300_0001
Figure imgf000301_0001
Figure imgf000302_0001
Figure imgf000303_0001
Figure imgf000304_0001
Figure imgf000305_0001
Figure imgf000306_0001
din-2-amine 1.95 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000307_0001
Figure imgf000308_0001
Figure imgf000309_0001
Figure imgf000310_0001
Figure imgf000311_0001
yrimidin-2-yl]-3-methyl-pyrrolid 3.65 (m, 3H), 3.50 -
Figure imgf000312_0001
Figure imgf000313_0001
Figure imgf000314_0001
Figure imgf000315_0001
Figure imgf000316_0001
din-2-amine
Figure imgf000317_0001
Figure imgf000318_0001
Figure imgf000319_0001
Figure imgf000320_0001
Figure imgf000321_0001
]pyrimidin-4-yl]pyridin-2-amine 2.01-1.92 (m, 3H),
Figure imgf000322_0001
Figure imgf000323_0001
Figure imgf000324_0001
Figure imgf000325_0001
l]-6-[(lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicycl 3.96 (m, 4H), 3.74 -
Figure imgf000326_0001
Figure imgf000327_0001
Figure imgf000328_0001
Figure imgf000329_0001
Figure imgf000330_0001
Figure imgf000331_0001
Figure imgf000332_0001
Figure imgf000333_0001
Figure imgf000334_0001
Figure imgf000335_0001
Figure imgf000336_0001
Figure imgf000337_0001
Figure imgf000338_0001
Figure imgf000339_0001
Figure imgf000340_0001
Figure imgf000341_0001
Figure imgf000342_0001
Figure imgf000343_0001
Figure imgf000344_0001
Figure imgf000345_0001
Figure imgf000346_0001
Figure imgf000347_0001
Figure imgf000348_0001
Figure imgf000349_0001
Figure imgf000350_0001
Figure imgf000351_0001
Figure imgf000352_0001
Figure imgf000353_0001
Figure imgf000354_0001
Diastereomer 1
Figure imgf000355_0001
Figure imgf000356_0001
Figure imgf000357_0001
Example 3
DLK TR-FRET inhibition assay: DLK kinase reactions (20 μί) containing 5 nM N-terminally GST-tagged DLK (catalytic domain amino acid 1 -520) (Carna Bioscience), 40 nM N-terminally HIS-tagged MKK4 K131M substrate, and 30 μΜ ATP in kinase reaction buffer (50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 0.01 % Triton X-100, 0.01 % Bovine γ-Globulins, 2 mM DTT, 10 mM MgC¾ and 1 mM EGTA), and testing compound 1 :3 serial diluted starting at 20 uM were incubated at ambient temperature for 60 minutes in 384 well OptiPlate (Perkin Elmer). To quench kinase reactions and detect phosphorylated MKK4, 15 μί^ of TR-FRET antibody mixture containing 2 nM anti-phosphorylated MKK4 labeled with Europium cryptate (Cisbio) and 23 nM anti-HIS labeled with D2 (Cisbio) in detection buffer (25 mM Tris pH 7.5, 100 mM NaCl, 100 mM EDTA, 0.01% Tween-20, and 200 mM KF) was added to the reaction mixture. The detection mixture was incubated for 3 hours at ambient temperature and the TR-FRET was detected with an En Vision multilabel plate reader
(Perkin-Elmer) using the LANCE/DELFIA Dual Enh label from Perkin-Elmer (excitation filter: UV2 (TRF) 320 and emission filters: APC 665 and Europium 615). Compounds of Formula I-I or I as set forth inTable 1 in Example 1 inhibited the DLK kinase with the K;s in micromolar (μΜ).

Claims

1. A compound of Formula (I-I)
Figure imgf000359_0001
or salts thereof wherein
R1, R2 and R3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
X1 is N or C-R4, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -Br, I, -(L^o-i-Ci-e alkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e haloalkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e heteroalkyl, -(L2)o-i-C3_s cycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-6-10 membered aryl, -(L2)o-i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein L1 is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -N(H)-, -S-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, =0, and L2 is selected from the group consisting of -0-, -N(H)-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, -S-, =0, Ci_4 alkylene, Ci_4 alkenylene, Ci_4 alkynylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci^ aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene and Ci_4 heteroalkylene, and wherein R4 is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with RR4 substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3-5 membered cycloalkyl, 3-5 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, Ci_6 alkylamino, Ci_6 dialkylamino, Ci_6 alkylthio, =0, -NH2, -CN, -N02 and -SF5; or R1 and R4 taken together form a 5 to 6 membered heterocycloalkyl;
X2 is N or CH;
A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 dialkylamino, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 -5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, -(L Vi-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(L )0_i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)0-i-C6 aryl, -(LA)0-i-NRRlaRRlb, -(LA)0-i-ORRla, -(LA)o-i-SRRla, -(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=Y1)ORRlc, -(LA)0-i-OC(=O)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)N(RRla)(RRlb), -(LA)0-i-C(=O)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)RRlb, -(LA)0-i-C(0)ORRla, -(LA)0-i-OC(0)RRla,
-(LA)0-1-P(=O)(ORRla)(ORRlb), -(LA)0A-S(O) 2RRlc, -(LA)0-1-S(O)1_2N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)0-i-N(RRla)S(O)i-2N(RRla)(RRlb) and -(LA)0-i-N(RRla)S(O)i-2(RRlc), wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkylene, Ci_4 heteroalkylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci_4 aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene, C2_4 alkenylene, and C2_4 alkynylene; wherein RRla and RRlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RA is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with R1^ substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, C1-4 alkyl, d_4 haloalkyl, C^ alkoxy, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(O)-, d_4
(halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-,
(halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, d_4 alkylthio, d_4 alkylamino and Ci_4 dialkylamino; and
Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, and 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, C 1-8 heteroalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered
heterocycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LCy)o-i -phenyl,
-(LCy)0_!-NRRCaRRCb, -(LCy)o_rORRCa, -(LCy)0_!-SRRCa, -(^^o-rNCR^^CC^Y^OR^0, -(LCy)o-i-OC(=0)N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)C(=0)N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)0-i-C(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)C(=O)RRCb, -(LCy)0-i-C(=O)ORRCa, -(LCy)o-1-OC(=0)RRCa, -(LCy)0-1-P(=0)(ORRCa)(ORRCb), -(LCy)0-1-S(O)1_2RRCc,
-(LCy)o-i-S(0)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)0-i-N(RRCa)S(O)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb) and
-(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)S(0)i_2(RRCc), wherein LCy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_4 alkylene, Ci_4 heteroalkylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci_4 aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene, C2_4 alkenylene, and C2_4 alkynylene; wherein RCa and RRCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci_s alkyl, Ci_s haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci_s alkyl, Ci_s haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RCy is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with from 1 to 5 RRCy substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, -O", =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, Ci-4 haloalkyl, d_4 alkoxy, d_4 alkyl-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(O)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(0)o-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, Ci-4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-OC(0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, Ci_4 alkylthio, Ci^ alkylamino and Ci_4 dialkylamino.
2. The compound of claim 1 , further defined as a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000361_0001
or salts thereof wherein
R1, R2 and R3 are each independently H, F, CI, Br, I, C alkyl or Ci_6 haloalkyl;
X1 is N or C-R4, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -Br, I,
Figure imgf000361_0002
heteroalkyl, -(L2)o-i-d_8 cycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L2)o-i-6-10 membered aryl, -(L2)o-i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein L1 is selected from the group consisting of-O-, -N(H)-, -S-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, =0, and L2 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -N(H)-, -N(Ci_6 alkyl)-, -S-, =0, Ci_4 alkylene, Ci_4 alkenylene, Ci_4 alkynylene, Ci_4 alkoxylene, Ci^ aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene and Ci_4 heteroalkylene, and wherein R4 is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with RR4 substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3-5 membered cycloalkyl, 3-5 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkoxy, Ci_6 alkylamino, Ci_6 dialkylamino, Ci_6 alkylthio, =0, -NH2, -CN, -N02 and -SF5; X2 is N or CH; A is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, Ci_6 dialkylamino, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1-5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, -(LA)0-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)o-!-C6 aryl, -(LA)o-i-NRRlaRRl , -(LA)0-!-ORRla, -(LA)0-!-SRRla,
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=Y1)ORRlc, -(LA)o-i-OC(=0)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)N(RRla)(RRlb), -(LA)0-i-C(=O)N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)C(=0)RRlb, -(LA)o-i-C(=0)ORRla, -(LA)0-i-OC(0)RRla,
-(LA)o-i-P(=0)(ORRla)(ORRlb), -(LA)0-i-S(O)1-2RRlc, -(LA)0-i-S(O)1-2N(RRla)(RRlb),
-(LA)o-i-N(RRla)S(0)1_2N(RRla)(RRlb) and -(LA)0-i-N(RRla)S(O)1_2(RRlc), wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of C alkylene, C1-4 heteroalkylene, C alkoxylene, CM aminoalkylene, Ci_4 thioalkylene, C2_4 alkenylene, and C2_4 alkynylene; wherein RRla and RRlb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRlc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RA is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with R1^ substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -NO2, =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, d-4 haloalkyl, CM alkoxy, d-4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)-, d-4
(halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-,
(halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, CM (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d-4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, d_4 alkylthio, d_4 alkylamino and CM dialkylamino; and
Cy is selected from the group consisting of Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered cycloalkyl, 3 to 12 membered heterocycloalkyl, wherein Cy is optionally substituted on carbon or heteroatoms with RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci_8 alkyl, Ci_8 haloalkyl, Ci_8 heteroalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LCy)0-i -phenyl, -(LCy)0-i-NRRCaRRCb, -(LCy)0-i-ORRCa,
-(LCy)o-i-SRRCa, -(LCy)0-1-N(RRCa)C(=Y1)ORRCc, -(LCy)0-i-OC(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)C(=0)N(RRCa)(RRCb), -(LCy)0-i-C(=O)N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)o-i-N(RRCa)C(=0)RRCb, -(LCy)o-i-C(=0)ORRCa, -(LCy)0-i-OC(=O)RRCa,
-(LCy)0-1-P(=O)(ORRCa)(ORRCb), -(L^- iO)^^ , -(LCy)0-1-S(O)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb),
-(LCy)0_1-N(RRCa)S(O)1_2N(RRCa)(RRCb) and -(LCy)0_1-N(RRCa)S(O)1_2(RRCc), wherein LCy is selected from the group consisting of CM alkylene, C heteroalkylene, CM alkoxylene, d-4 aminoalkylene, d_4 thioalkylene, C2-4 alkenylene, and C2-4 alkynylene; wherein R a and RRCb are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3-8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl; RRCc is selected from the group consisting of Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-8 haloalkyl, 3 to 8 membered cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl and 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl; Y1 is O or S, and wherein RCy is optionally substituted on carbon atoms and heteroatoms with from 1 to 5 RRCy substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -NO2, =0, -SF5, CM alkyl, CM haloalkyl, d_4 alkoxy, d_4
(halo)alkyl-C(O)-, C1_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, C (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4
(halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-,
C1-4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, C1-4 alkylthio, Ci_4 alkylamino and C1-4 dialkylamino.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein either A or Cy is a polycyclic carbocycle or polycyclic heterocycle.
4. A compound according to claim 1, 2 or 3, wherein X1 is N.
5. A compound according to claim 1, 2 or 3, wherein X1 is C-R4.
6. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, wherein X2 is N.
7. A compound of claim, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, wherein X2 is C(H).
8. A compound according to claim 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 or 7, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, -CN, -(L2)o-i- _8 cycloalkyl, -(L2)0_i-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e alkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e haloalkyl, -(L^o-i-Ci-e heteroalkyl, -(L2)o-i-6-10 membered aryl and -(L2)o-i-5-10 membered heteroaryl, and is optionally substituted.
9. A compound according to claim 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 or 8, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of -F, -CI, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, Ci_6 alkyl, Ci_6 haloalkyl, -(0)-d_8 cycloalkyl, -(0)-3 to 7 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(0)-Ci_6 alkyl and -(0)-Ci_6 haloalkyl, and is optionally substituted.
10. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9, wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of methoxy, monofluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentoxy, methyl, monofluoromethyl difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl and cyclopentyl.
11. A compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, wherein R1, R2 and R3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of F, CI, CN, hydrogen, Ci-4 alkyl and Ci_4 haloalkyl.
12. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11, wherein R1, R2 and R3 are each hydrogen.
13. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, wherein A and Cy are independently selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 3,6-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane,
2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,7-diazaspiro[3.5]nonane,
octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,5-diazaspiro[3.4]octane, 6-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, morpholine, hexahydro-2H-furo[3,2-c]pyrrole, 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexane,
2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2-aza-tricyclo[3.3.1.1-3,7]decane,
2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexane, 9-azabicyclo[4.2.1 ]nonane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1 ]nonane, cyclobutane, cyclopropane, cyclopentane, 2-Thia-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane 2,2-dioxide,
2- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, tetrahydro-2H-pyran, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane and
3- oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, and is optionally substituted.
14. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 or 13, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidine, piperidine, azetidine, azepane, piperazine, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane,
3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3,6-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octane,
2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,7-diazaspiro[3.5]nonane,
octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,5-diazaspiro[3.4]octane, 6-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, morpholine,
hexahydro-2H-furo[3,2-c]pyrrole and 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, and is optionally substituted.
15. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13or 14, wherein A is selected from the group consisting of 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, and is optionally substituted.
16. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15, wherein
A is selected from the group consisting of (l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
(l S,5R)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
(lR,5S)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (l S,5R)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
(l S,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane and (lR,4R)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, and is optionally substituted.
17. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, wherein is A is selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, isopropyl,
Figure imgf000365_0001
18. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 or 17, wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, piperidine, pyrrolidine, azetidine, 2-aza-tricyclo[3.3.1.1-3,7]decane,
2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 2-azabicyclo[2.1.1 ]hexane, 9-azabicyclo[4.2.1 ]nonane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1 ]nonane, cyclobutane, 2-Thia-5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane 2,2-dioxide, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, tetrahydro-2H-pyran, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, and is optionally substituted.
19. A compound ofclaim l, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13,14, 15, 16, 17 or wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of azetidine,
(l S,4S)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,4R)-2-oxa-5-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, (lR,5S)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (l S,5R)-3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane,
3 -oxabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane, ( 1 R,5 S)-3 -oxabicyclo [3.1.0]hexane,
(l S,5R)-3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, (lS,4S)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane and
(lR,4R)-2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, and is optionally substituted.
20. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, wherein Cy is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000366_0001
21. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20, wherein A is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-s haloalkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LA)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LA)o-i-C6 aryl, wherein LA is selected from the group consisting of-C(O)-, -C(0)CH2-,-OCH2-, -CH20-, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2OCH2-, -N(H)CH2-, -N(Ci-3 alkyl)CH2-, CH2N(H)-, -CH2N(Ci-3 alkyl)-; wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of propane, butane, pentane and hexane; wherein said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, oxepane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and azepane; wherein said 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, trizole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine; wherein said aryl is phenyl; and wherein RA is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, d_4 alkyl, d_4haloalkyl, d_4 alkoxy, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)-, C1_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, Ci_4 alkylthio, Ci^ alkylamino and Ci_4 dialkylamino.
22. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 21 , wherein Cy is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 RCy substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, -OH, -CN, -N02, -SF5, Ci-8 alkyl, Ci-s haloalkyl, Ci-8 heteroalkyl, -(LCy)0_i-3-8 membered cycloalkyl, -(LCy)0_i-3-8 membered heterocycloalkyl, -(LCy)o-i-5 to 6 membered heteroaryl, -(LCy)o-i-C6 aryl, wherein LCy is selected from the group consisting of-C(O)-, -C(0)CH2-,-OCH2-, -CH20-, -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2OCH2-, -N(H)CH2-, -N(d_3 alkyl)CH2-, CH2N(H)-, -CH2N(d_3 alkyl)-; wherein said 3-8 membered cycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of propane, butane, pentane and hexane; wherein said 3 to 8 membered heterocycloalkyl is selected from the group consisting of oxetane, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, oxepane, azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine and azepane; wherein said 5 to 6 membered heteroaryl is selected from the group consisting of pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, thiophene, thiazole, oxazole, trizole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine; wherein said aryl is phenyl; and wherein RCy is optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 RRCy substitutents selected from, F, CI, Br, I, -NH2, -OH, -CN, -N02, =0, -SF5, d_4 alkyl, d_4 haloalkyl, C alkoxy, d_4 (halo)alkyl-C(O)-, d_4
(halo)alkyl-S(0)o-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)S(O)0-2-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-S(O)0-2N(H)-,
(halo)alkyl-N(H)-S(O)0-2N(H)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-C(=0)N(H)-, C1-4 (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, d_4 (halo)alkyl-OC(=0)N(H)-, (halo)alkyl-N(H)-C(=0)0-, ((halo)alkyl)2N-C(=0)0-, d_4 alkylthio, d_4 alkylamino and Ci-4 dialkylamino.
23. A compound of claim 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21 or 22, wherein A is optionally substituted with 1 to 5 RA substituents selected from the group consisting of F, CI, Br, I, CN, CH3O-, CH3, cyclopropylmethyl, CF3 and butyl.
24. A compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22 or 23, wherein said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
Figure imgf000367_0001
25. A compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1 , 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22 or 23, wherein said compound is selected from the subformula consisting of
Figure imgf000368_0001
wherein R y if present replaces a hydrogen atom attached to a carbon or nitrogen atom of the Cy ring.
26. A compound of claim 1 selected from the group as set forth in Table 1.
27. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21 , 22, 23, 24, 25 or 26, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
28. A method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system (CNS) neuron or a portion thereof, the method comprising administering to the CNS neuron a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I.
29. The method of claim 28, wherein said administering to the CNS neuron is performed in vitro.
30. The method of 29, wherein the method further comprises grafting or implanting the CNS neuron into a human patient after administration of the agent.
31. The method of claim 29, wherein the CNS neuron is present in a human patient.
32. The method of claim 28, wherein administering to the CNS neuron comprises administration of said compound of Formula I-I or Formula I in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
33. The method of claim 28, wherein administering to the CNS neuron is carried out by an administration route selected from the group consisting of parenteral, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intracerebral, intralesional, intramuscular, intraocular, intraarterial interstitial infusion and implanted delivery device.
34. The method of claim 28, further comprising administering one or more additional pharmaceutical agents.
35. The method of claim 28, wherein the administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I results in a decrease in JNK phosphorylation, JNK activity and/or JNK expression.
36. The method of claim 35, wherein the administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I results in a decrease of cJun phosphorylation, cJun activity, and/or cJun expression.
37. The method of claim 35, wherein the administering of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I results in a decrease in p38 phosphorylation, p38 activity, and/or p38 expression.
38. A method for inhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system (CNS) neuron in a patient having or at risk of developing a neurodegenerative disease or condition comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
39. A method for decreasing or preventing one or more symptoms of a neurodegenerative disease or condition in a patient suffering therefrom comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
40. A method for decreasing the progression of a neurodegenerative disease or condition in a patient suffering therefrom comprising administering to said patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I-I or Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein said neurodegenerative disease of condition is selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, Parkinson' s-plus diseases, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), ischemia, stroke, intracranial hemorrhage, cerebral hemorrhage, trigeminal neuralgia, glossopharyngeal neuralgia, Bell's Palsy, myasthenia gravis, muscular dystrophy, progressive muscular atrophy, primary lateral sclerosis (PLS), pseudobulbar palsy, progressive bulbar palsy, spinal muscular atrophy, inherited muscular atrophy, invertebrate disk syndromes, cervical spondylosis, plexus disorders, thoracic outlet destruction syndromes, peripheral neuropathies, prophyria, multiple system atrophy, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, dementia with Lewy bodies, frontotemporal dementia, demyelinating diseases, Guillain-Barre syndrome, multiple sclerosis,
Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease, prion disease, Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease,
Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome (GSS), fatal familial insomnia (FFI), bovine spongiform encephalopathy, Pick's disease, epilepsy, AIDS demential complex, nerve damage caused by exposure to toxic compounds selected from the group consisting of heavy metals, industrial solvents, drugs and chemotherapeutic agents; injury to the nervous system caused by physical, mechanical or chemical trauma, glaucoma, lattice dystrophy, retinitis pigmentosa, age-related macular degeneration (AMD), photoreceptor degeneration associated with wet or dry AMD, other retinal degeneration, optic nerve drusen, optic neuropthy and optic neuritis.
42. The method of claim 40, wherein the compound of Formula I-I or Formula I is administered in combination with one or more additional pharmaceutical agents.
PCT/CN2014/076654 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof WO2014177060A1 (en)

Priority Applications (29)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020157034239A KR101836431B1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
CR20200177A CR20200177A (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
MA48577A MA48577A1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and their uses
PE2019002479A PE20200447A1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 BIHETEROARIL COMPOUNDS AND USES OF THEM
MX2015015130A MX2015015130A (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof.
CN201480024257.9A CN105431420B (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Two heteroaryl compounds and application thereof
UAA201511803A UA121016C2 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 BIGETEROARYL COMPOUNDS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS
MA38624A MA38624A1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and their uses
PH1/2019/502378A PH12019502378A1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
KR1020187006149A KR102002265B1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
NZ712934A NZ712934B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
IL296526A IL296526B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
EP14791795.9A EP2991978A4 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 BIHETEROARYL COMPOUNDS AND USES THEREOF
MA42164A MA42164B1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and their uses
SG11201509027WA SG11201509027WA (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
BR112015027055-7A BR112015027055B1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 BI-HETEROARYLS, USES THEREOF, AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION
CA2911051A CA2911051C (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
MYPI2015002684A MY182082A (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
EA201592060A EA029568B8 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
JP2016510926A JP6229042B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
AU2014261894A AU2014261894C1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
PH1/2015/502410A PH12015502410B1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
IL242164A IL242164B (en) 2013-05-01 2015-10-19 Tri-heteroaryl compounds, pharmaceutical compositions comprising them and their use in nhibiting or preventing degeneration of a central nervous system (cns) neuron or a portion thereof
CR20150589A CR20150589A (en) 2013-05-01 2015-10-23 BIHETEROARILO COMPOUNDS AND USES OF THE SAME
US14/927,267 US10010549B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2015-10-29 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
HK16107343.1A HK1219276A1 (en) 2013-05-01 2016-06-23 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US15/868,301 US20180133219A1 (en) 2013-05-01 2018-01-11 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
AU2019200249A AU2019200249B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2019-01-15 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US16/666,273 US11129832B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2019-10-28 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361817966P 2013-05-01 2013-05-01
US61/817,966 2013-05-01

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/927,267 Continuation US10010549B2 (en) 2013-05-01 2015-10-29 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014177060A1 true WO2014177060A1 (en) 2014-11-06

Family

ID=51841525

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/076654 WO2014177060A1 (en) 2013-05-01 2014-04-30 Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof

Country Status (23)

Country Link
US (8) US9266862B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2991978A4 (en)
JP (4) JP6229042B2 (en)
KR (2) KR101836431B1 (en)
CN (2) CN105431420B (en)
AR (1) AR096151A1 (en)
AU (2) AU2014261894C1 (en)
BR (1) BR112015027055B1 (en)
CA (1) CA2911051C (en)
CL (1) CL2015003147A1 (en)
CR (2) CR20200177A (en)
EA (3) EA033084B1 (en)
HK (1) HK1219276A1 (en)
IL (2) IL296526B2 (en)
MA (3) MA42164B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2015015130A (en)
MY (1) MY182082A (en)
PE (2) PE20200447A1 (en)
PH (2) PH12019502378A1 (en)
SG (2) SG10201707002VA (en)
TW (3) TWI622587B (en)
UA (1) UA121016C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2014177060A1 (en)

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104926716A (en) * 2015-06-10 2015-09-23 哈尔滨工业大学 Pyridine derivative 2,6-di[(6-methoxy pyridine-2-yl)methyl] pyridine and synthesis method thereof
CN105939997A (en) * 2013-12-20 2016-09-14 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Pyrazole derivatives and uses thereof as inhibitors of DLK
US10093664B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2018-10-09 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (DLK) kinase for the treatment of disease
WO2019012063A1 (en) 2017-07-14 2019-01-17 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Bicyclic ketone compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2019072942A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Bicyclic compounds for use as rip1 kinase inhibitors
WO2019086494A1 (en) 2017-10-31 2019-05-09 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Bicyclic sulfones and sulfoxides and methods of use thereof
WO2019204537A1 (en) 2018-04-20 2019-10-24 Genentech, Inc. N-[4-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzoxazepin-3-yl]-5,6-dihydro-4h-pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyrazol e-2-carboxamide derivatives and related compounds as rip1 kinase inhibitors for treating e.g. irritable bowel syndrome (ibs)
WO2020146615A1 (en) 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 Genentech, Inc. Bicyclic pyrrolotriazolr ketone compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2022072721A1 (en) * 2020-10-02 2022-04-07 Genentech, Inc Process for the preparation of biheteroaryl compounds and crystal forms thereof
US11560366B2 (en) 2019-10-21 2023-01-24 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (DLK) kinase for the treatment of disease
WO2023034808A1 (en) * 2021-09-01 2023-03-09 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Mixed lineage kinase inhibitors and methods of use
US11993586B2 (en) 2018-10-22 2024-05-28 Novartis Ag Crystalline forms of potassium channel modulators
WO2024156938A1 (en) 2023-01-28 2024-08-02 Orion Corporation Cbl-b inhibitors
US12083114B2 (en) 2018-12-19 2024-09-10 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of SARM1 in combination with neuro-protective agents

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104271569B (en) * 2012-05-03 2016-08-24 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Pyrazoles aminopyridine derivative as LRRK2 regulator
TWI498325B (en) 2013-01-18 2015-09-01 Hoffmann La Roche 3-substituted pyrazoles and uses thereof
RU2015147601A (en) * 2013-05-01 2017-06-05 Ф. Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг C-Bound Heterocycloalkyl-Substituted Pyrimidines and Their Applications
CN105431420B (en) * 2013-05-01 2019-08-13 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Two heteroaryl compounds and application thereof
JP2019528319A (en) * 2016-08-29 2019-10-10 ボード オブ レジェンツ, ザ ユニバーシティ オブ テキサス システムBoard Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Inhibitors of double leucine zipper (DLK) kinase for the treatment of disease
TWI797176B (en) * 2017-10-17 2023-04-01 西班牙商帕羅製藥有限公司 Synthesis of 4-aminopyrimidine compounds
EP3919489A4 (en) * 2019-01-31 2022-10-12 The National Institutes of Pharmaceutical R&D Co., Ltd Aromatic ring or heteroaromatic ring compounds, preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
EP4419105A1 (en) * 2021-10-20 2024-08-28 Yousef Najajreh Allosteric inhibitor compounds for overcoming cancer resistance

Citations (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
EP0102324A2 (en) 1982-07-29 1984-03-07 Ciba-Geigy Ag Lipids and surfactants in an aqueous medium
US4485045A (en) 1981-07-06 1984-11-27 Research Corporation Synthetic phosphatidyl cholines useful in forming liposomes
EP0133988A2 (en) 1983-08-02 1985-03-13 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Regulating peptide-containing pharmaceutical preparations with retarded release, and process for their preparation
US4544545A (en) 1983-06-20 1985-10-01 Trustees University Of Massachusetts Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting
US5004697A (en) 1987-08-17 1991-04-02 Univ. Of Ca Cationized antibodies for delivery through the blood-brain barrier
US5112596A (en) 1990-04-23 1992-05-12 Alkermes, Inc. Method for increasing blood-brain barrier permeability by administering a bradykinin agonist of blood-brain barrier permeability
US5268164A (en) 1990-04-23 1993-12-07 Alkermes, Inc. Increasing blood-brain barrier permeability with permeabilizer peptides
US20020025313A1 (en) 1992-07-27 2002-02-28 Micklus Michael J. Targeting of liposomes to the blood-brain barrier
US20020038086A1 (en) 2000-07-27 2002-03-28 Hynynen Kullervo H. Blood-brain barrier opening
US20020065259A1 (en) 2000-08-30 2002-05-30 Schatzberg Alan F. Glucocorticoid blocking agents for increasing blood-brain barrier permeability
US20030073713A1 (en) 2000-10-30 2003-04-17 Schoenhard Grant L. Inhibitors of ABC drug transporters at the blood-brain barrier
US20030129186A1 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-07-10 Biomarin Pharmaceutical Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating blood-brain barrier transport
US20030162695A1 (en) 2002-02-27 2003-08-28 Schatzberg Alan F. Glucocorticoid blocking agents for increasing blood-brain barrier permeability
US20040131692A1 (en) 2001-05-05 2004-07-08 Joerg Kreuter Nanoparticles made of protein with coupled apolipoprotein e for penetration of the blood-brain barrier and methods for the production thereof
US20040204354A1 (en) 2002-12-03 2004-10-14 Thomas Nelson Artificial low-density lipoprotein carriers for transport of substances across the blood-brain barrier
US20050089473A1 (en) 2003-09-10 2005-04-28 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Potassium channel mediated delivery of agents through the blood-brain barrier
WO2007084786A1 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-07-26 Novartis Ag Pyrimidine derivatives used as pi-3 kinase inhibitors
WO2008098058A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-14 Novartis Ag Pi 3-kinase inhibitors and methods of their use
WO2009066084A1 (en) * 2007-11-21 2009-05-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 2 -morpholinopyrimidines and their use as pi3 kinase inhibitors
WO2010049481A1 (en) * 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Novartis Ag Combination of a phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase (pi3k) inhibitor and a mtor inhibitor
WO2011050192A1 (en) 2009-10-22 2011-04-28 Genentech, Inc. Modulation of axon degeneration
WO2011114275A1 (en) * 2010-03-15 2011-09-22 University Of Basel Spirocyclic compounds and their use as therapeutic agents and diagnostic probes
WO2012122383A2 (en) * 2011-03-09 2012-09-13 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Pi3 kinase inhibitors and uses thereof

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2367141T3 (en) 2002-09-30 2011-10-28 Bayer Pharma Aktiengesellschaft CONDENSED AZOL-PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES.
GB0508471D0 (en) 2005-04-26 2005-06-01 Celltech R&D Ltd Therapeutic agents
WO2008064244A2 (en) 2006-11-20 2008-05-29 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Phosphoinositide modulation for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
AU2008279776B2 (en) 2007-07-19 2013-05-23 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Heterocyclic amide compounds as protein kinase inhibitors
US20100056609A1 (en) 2008-08-26 2010-03-04 Washington University Methods and compositions for inhibition of axonal degeneration by modulation of the dlk/jnk pathway
GB2465405A (en) 2008-11-10 2010-05-19 Univ Basel Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogues and their use in therapy
WO2011031896A2 (en) * 2009-09-09 2011-03-17 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Pi3 kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
CN103153994B (en) 2010-05-24 2016-02-10 罗切斯特大学 Bicyclic heteroaryl kinase inhibitor and using method
CN105431420B (en) * 2013-05-01 2019-08-13 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Two heteroaryl compounds and application thereof
CN103483345B (en) 2013-09-25 2016-07-06 中山大学 PI3K inhibitors of kinases, the pharmaceutical composition comprising it and application thereof
JP5920747B1 (en) 2015-04-07 2016-05-18 エイピーエス．エスエイ Application programs and cards

Patent Citations (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3773919A (en) 1969-10-23 1973-11-20 Du Pont Polylactide-drug mixtures
US4485045A (en) 1981-07-06 1984-11-27 Research Corporation Synthetic phosphatidyl cholines useful in forming liposomes
EP0102324A2 (en) 1982-07-29 1984-03-07 Ciba-Geigy Ag Lipids and surfactants in an aqueous medium
US4544545A (en) 1983-06-20 1985-10-01 Trustees University Of Massachusetts Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting
EP0133988A2 (en) 1983-08-02 1985-03-13 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Regulating peptide-containing pharmaceutical preparations with retarded release, and process for their preparation
US5004697A (en) 1987-08-17 1991-04-02 Univ. Of Ca Cationized antibodies for delivery through the blood-brain barrier
US5112596A (en) 1990-04-23 1992-05-12 Alkermes, Inc. Method for increasing blood-brain barrier permeability by administering a bradykinin agonist of blood-brain barrier permeability
US5268164A (en) 1990-04-23 1993-12-07 Alkermes, Inc. Increasing blood-brain barrier permeability with permeabilizer peptides
US5506206A (en) 1990-04-23 1996-04-09 Alkermes, Inc. Increasing blood-brain barrier permeability with permeabilizer peptides
US5686416A (en) 1991-04-23 1997-11-11 Alkermes, Inc. Increasing blood-brain barrier permeability with permeabilizer peptides
US20020025313A1 (en) 1992-07-27 2002-02-28 Micklus Michael J. Targeting of liposomes to the blood-brain barrier
US20020038086A1 (en) 2000-07-27 2002-03-28 Hynynen Kullervo H. Blood-brain barrier opening
US20020065259A1 (en) 2000-08-30 2002-05-30 Schatzberg Alan F. Glucocorticoid blocking agents for increasing blood-brain barrier permeability
US20030073713A1 (en) 2000-10-30 2003-04-17 Schoenhard Grant L. Inhibitors of ABC drug transporters at the blood-brain barrier
US20040131692A1 (en) 2001-05-05 2004-07-08 Joerg Kreuter Nanoparticles made of protein with coupled apolipoprotein e for penetration of the blood-brain barrier and methods for the production thereof
US20030129186A1 (en) 2001-07-25 2003-07-10 Biomarin Pharmaceutical Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating blood-brain barrier transport
US20050124533A1 (en) 2002-02-27 2005-06-09 Schatzberg Alan F. Glucocorticoid blocking agents for increasing blood-brain barrier permeability stan-261con
US20030162695A1 (en) 2002-02-27 2003-08-28 Schatzberg Alan F. Glucocorticoid blocking agents for increasing blood-brain barrier permeability
US20040204354A1 (en) 2002-12-03 2004-10-14 Thomas Nelson Artificial low-density lipoprotein carriers for transport of substances across the blood-brain barrier
US20050089473A1 (en) 2003-09-10 2005-04-28 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Potassium channel mediated delivery of agents through the blood-brain barrier
WO2007084786A1 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-07-26 Novartis Ag Pyrimidine derivatives used as pi-3 kinase inhibitors
WO2008098058A1 (en) * 2007-02-06 2008-08-14 Novartis Ag Pi 3-kinase inhibitors and methods of their use
WO2009066084A1 (en) * 2007-11-21 2009-05-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag 2 -morpholinopyrimidines and their use as pi3 kinase inhibitors
WO2010049481A1 (en) * 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Novartis Ag Combination of a phosphatidylinositol-3-kinase (pi3k) inhibitor and a mtor inhibitor
WO2011050192A1 (en) 2009-10-22 2011-04-28 Genentech, Inc. Modulation of axon degeneration
WO2011114275A1 (en) * 2010-03-15 2011-09-22 University Of Basel Spirocyclic compounds and their use as therapeutic agents and diagnostic probes
WO2012122383A2 (en) * 2011-03-09 2012-09-13 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Pi3 kinase inhibitors and uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"A Textbook of Drug Design and Development", 1991, article "Design and Application of Prodrugs", pages: 113 - 191
ANSEL, HOWARD C. ET AL.: "Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems", 2004, LIPPINCOTT, WILLIAMS & WILKINS
BERGE, S. M.: "Pharmaceutical Salts", vol. 66, 1977, article "Journal of Pharmaceutical Science", pages: 1 - 19
BOBO ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 91, 1994, pages 2076 - 2080
DEYEBENES ET AL., MOV. DISORD, vol. 2, 1987, pages 143
EPSTEIN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A., vol. 82, 1985, pages 3688 - 396
EUR. J. ORG. CHEM, 2013, pages 3477
FLEISHER, D ET AL.: "Improved oral drug delivery: solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs", ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY REVIEWS, vol. 19, 1996, pages 115, XP002478093, DOI: 10.1016/0169-409X(95)00103-E
GENNARO, ALFONSO R. ET AL.: "Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 2000, WILLIAMS & WILKINS
GILL ET AL., NATURE MED, vol. 9, 2003, pages 589 - 595
H. BUNDGAARD ET AL., JOURNAL OF PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 77, 1988, pages 285
H. BUNDGAARD, ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY REVIEWS, vol. 8, 1992, pages 1 - 38
HARBAUGH, J, NEURAL TRANSM, vol. 24, 1987, pages 271
HARTWIG, J.F: "Palladium-Catalyzed Amination of Aryl Halides: Mechanism and Rational Catalyst Design", SYNLETT, vol. 4, 1997, pages 329 - 340, XP055121738, DOI: 10.1055/s-1997-789
HWANG ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. U.S.A, vol. 77, 1980, pages 4030
J. MED. CHEM., vol. 31, 1988, pages 1598 - 1611
J. MED. CHEM., vol. 39, 1996, pages 10
LANGER ET AL., J. BIOMED. MATER. RES, vol. 15, 1981, pages 167
MIYAURA, N.SUZUKI, A, CHEM. REV, vol. 95, 1995, pages 2457 - 2483
N. KAKEYA ET AL., CHEM. PHARM. BULL., vol. 32, 1984, pages 692
NEUWELT, E. A.: "Implication of the Blood-Brain Barrier and its Manipulation", vol. 1-2, 1989, PLENUM PRESS
P.G.M. WUTST.W. GREENE: "Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 2006, WILEY-INTERSCIENCE
PAPANASTASSIOU ET AL., GENE THERAPY, vol. 9, 2002, pages 398 - 406
ROWE, RAYMOND C: "Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy: Remington the Science and Practice of Pharmacy", 2005, LIPPINCOTT WILLIAMS & WILKINS
See also references of EP2991978A4
SIDMAN ET AL., BIOPOLYMERS, vol. 22, 1983, pages 547
T. W. GREENE: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1991, JOHN WILEY & SONS
THOMPSON, A. D.HUESTIS, M. P, J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 78, 2013, pages 762 - 769

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105939997B (en) * 2013-12-20 2020-01-21 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Pyrazole derivatives as DLK inhibitors and uses thereof
CN105939997A (en) * 2013-12-20 2016-09-14 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Pyrazole derivatives and uses thereof as inhibitors of DLK
CN104926716A (en) * 2015-06-10 2015-09-23 哈尔滨工业大学 Pyridine derivative 2,6-di[(6-methoxy pyridine-2-yl)methyl] pyridine and synthesis method thereof
US10093664B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2018-10-09 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (DLK) kinase for the treatment of disease
US10428057B2 (en) 2016-12-08 2019-10-01 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (DLK) kinase for the treatment of disease
WO2019012063A1 (en) 2017-07-14 2019-01-17 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Bicyclic ketone compounds and methods of use thereof
EP4397309A2 (en) 2017-07-14 2024-07-10 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Bicyclic ketone compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2019072942A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Bicyclic compounds for use as rip1 kinase inhibitors
WO2019086494A1 (en) 2017-10-31 2019-05-09 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Bicyclic sulfones and sulfoxides and methods of use thereof
WO2019204537A1 (en) 2018-04-20 2019-10-24 Genentech, Inc. N-[4-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1,5-benzoxazepin-3-yl]-5,6-dihydro-4h-pyrrolo[1,2-b]pyrazol e-2-carboxamide derivatives and related compounds as rip1 kinase inhibitors for treating e.g. irritable bowel syndrome (ibs)
US11993586B2 (en) 2018-10-22 2024-05-28 Novartis Ag Crystalline forms of potassium channel modulators
US12083114B2 (en) 2018-12-19 2024-09-10 Disarm Therapeutics, Inc. Inhibitors of SARM1 in combination with neuro-protective agents
WO2020146615A1 (en) 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 Genentech, Inc. Bicyclic pyrrolotriazolr ketone compounds and methods of use thereof
US11560366B2 (en) 2019-10-21 2023-01-24 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane inhibitors of dual leucine zipper (DLK) kinase for the treatment of disease
WO2022072721A1 (en) * 2020-10-02 2022-04-07 Genentech, Inc Process for the preparation of biheteroaryl compounds and crystal forms thereof
WO2023034808A1 (en) * 2021-09-01 2023-03-09 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Mixed lineage kinase inhibitors and methods of use
WO2024156938A1 (en) 2023-01-28 2024-08-02 Orion Corporation Cbl-b inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2911051C (en) 2021-08-17
HK1219276A1 (en) 2017-03-31
PE20161063A1 (en) 2016-10-22
EP2991978A4 (en) 2016-09-14
CN110003178B (en) 2022-02-25
US20180117044A1 (en) 2018-05-03
AU2014261894A1 (en) 2015-10-29
SG10201707002VA (en) 2017-10-30
KR102002265B1 (en) 2019-07-19
BR112015027055B1 (en) 2023-09-26
CA2911051A1 (en) 2014-11-06
EA201592060A1 (en) 2016-02-29
JP2020079264A (en) 2020-05-28
BR112015027055A8 (en) 2020-01-14
EA201792471A1 (en) 2018-04-30
MY182082A (en) 2021-01-18
MA38624A1 (en) 2017-02-28
AU2014261894B2 (en) 2018-10-18
JP6229042B2 (en) 2017-11-08
PH12015502410A1 (en) 2016-02-22
AU2019200249A1 (en) 2019-01-31
US10028954B2 (en) 2018-07-24
KR20160003241A (en) 2016-01-08
IL296526B1 (en) 2024-10-01
MA42164B1 (en) 2019-12-31
CN110003178A (en) 2019-07-12
US11129832B2 (en) 2021-09-28
PH12015502410B1 (en) 2023-05-24
IL296526A (en) 2022-11-01
TWI622587B (en) 2018-05-01
AU2014261894C1 (en) 2019-07-11
CN105431420B (en) 2019-08-13
EA029568B1 (en) 2018-04-30
IL242164B (en) 2021-04-29
US20160158234A1 (en) 2016-06-09
JP6655052B2 (en) 2020-02-26
PE20200447A1 (en) 2020-02-28
BR112015027055A2 (en) 2017-07-25
MX2015015130A (en) 2016-02-18
CL2015003147A1 (en) 2016-06-17
NZ712934A (en) 2020-10-30
EP2991978A1 (en) 2016-03-09
US20170239246A9 (en) 2017-08-24
JP2018035187A (en) 2018-03-08
EA033084B1 (en) 2019-08-30
MA48577A1 (en) 2021-03-31
US20180133219A1 (en) 2018-05-17
UA121016C2 (en) 2020-03-25
US20200171029A1 (en) 2020-06-04
EA201991064A1 (en) 2020-02-28
US20200188397A1 (en) 2020-06-18
CN105431420A (en) 2016-03-23
JP2016518383A (en) 2016-06-23
US10010549B2 (en) 2018-07-03
EA029568B8 (en) 2018-08-31
JP2023011775A (en) 2023-01-24
TW201506018A (en) 2015-02-16
PH12019502378A1 (en) 2022-05-11
CR20150589A (en) 2015-12-07
AU2019200249B2 (en) 2020-10-15
TW201800403A (en) 2018-01-01
CR20200177A (en) 2020-06-28
US20160052940A1 (en) 2016-02-25
TW201841907A (en) 2018-12-01
AR096151A1 (en) 2015-12-09
IL296526B2 (en) 2025-02-01
USRE47848E1 (en) 2020-02-11
EA038235B1 (en) 2021-07-28
US9266862B2 (en) 2016-02-23
US20140328805A1 (en) 2014-11-06
KR101836431B1 (en) 2018-03-09
KR20180026806A (en) 2018-03-13
SG11201509027WA (en) 2015-12-30
NZ750661A (en) 2020-11-27
MA42164A1 (en) 2019-01-31
TWI710558B (en) 2020-11-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11129832B2 (en) Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
EP2991977B1 (en) C-linked heterocycloalkyl substituted pyrimidines and their uses
JP6267193B2 (en) Substituted dipyridylamines and their use
NZ750661B2 (en) Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
NZ712934B2 (en) Biheteroaryl compounds and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480024257.9

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14791795

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014791795

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12015502410

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 242164

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15252351

Country of ref document: CO

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: CR2015-000589

Country of ref document: CR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014261894

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20140430

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/015130

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2911051

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2016510926

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: IDP00201507068

Country of ref document: ID

Ref document number: 002328-2015

Country of ref document: PE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: DZP2015000699

Country of ref document: DZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201592060

Country of ref document: EA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 38624

Country of ref document: MA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157034239

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015027055

Country of ref document: BR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 000335-2016

Country of ref document: PE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015027055

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20151026